Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

pbhc · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pbhc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 172
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  
FORM 10-K  

T  

 ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.  
or  
*   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the transition period from ______________ to ______________.  

Commission file number: 000-23601  

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
         (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter )  

                   Federal                         
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 16-
1540137                       
(State or other jurisdiction of 
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)  
incorporation or organization) 
214 West First Street Oswego, NY  
Address of prinicpal executive offices                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
                     13126                            

   (Zip Code)                

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (315) 343-0057  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:    
                 Title of each class                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Name of each 
exchange on which registered  
Common Stock, $0.01 par value                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
NASDAQ Stock Market LLC  

The 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES *      NO T  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES *   NO T     

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   

YES T         NO *     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).          YES T        NO *  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  T  

Indicate by check mark  whether the  registrant  is  a large  accelerated  filer, an  accelerated  filer, a  non-accelerated  filer,  or a  smaller reporting company.  See definitions  of  “large  accelerated filer,” “accelerated  filer” and  “smaller 
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer *                      Accelerated filer   *       Non-accelerated filer   *           Smaller reporting company   T  
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   YES *      NO T  

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the last sale price on June 30, 2011, as reported by the NASDAQ Capital Market, was 
approximately $8.0 million.  

As of March 16, 2012, there were 2,617,682 shares outstanding of the Registrant’s Common Stock.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  

(1) Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Registrant (Part III).  
(2) Annual Report to Stockholders (Part II and IV).  

Page 1 

 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       
   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

PART I  

Item 1.  
Item 1A.  
Item 1B.  
Item 2.  
Item 3.  

PART II  
Item 5.  

Item 6.  
Item 7.  
Item 7A.  
Item 8.  
Item 9.  
Item 9A  
Item 9B.  

PART III  

Item 10.  
Item 11.  
Item 12.  

Item 13.  
Item 14.  

PART IV  

Item 15.  

TAB LE OF CONTENTS  

FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT  
FOR THE YEAR ENDED  
DECEMBER 31, 2011  
PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  

Business  
Risk Factors  
Unresolved Staff Comments  
Properties  
Legal Proceedings  

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer  

Purchases of Equity Securities  

Selected Financial Data  
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  
Controls and Procedures  
Other Information  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  
Executive Compensation  
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related  

Stockholder Matters  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  
Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

Page 2 

Page   

3   
15   
15   
16   
17   

17   

18   
19   
35   
36   
91   
92   
92   

93   
93   
93   

93   
93   

94   

 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
     
    
  
     
    
    
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
     
    
  
     
    
    
    
    
  
     
    
    
    
  
  
     
    
  
     
    
    
  
  
     
    
  
Table of Contents 

PART I  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

When used in this Annual Report the words or phrases “will likely result”, “are expected to”, “will continue”, “is anticipated”, “estimate”, ”project” or similar expression are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the 
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. By identifying these forward-looking statements for you in this manner, the Company is alerting you to the 
possibility that its actual results and financial condition may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results and financial condition indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause the Company’s 
actual results and financial condition to differ from those indicated in the forward-looking statements include, among others:  

•   Credit quality and the effect of credit quality on the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses  
•   Deterioration in financial markets that may result in impairment charges relating to our securities portfolio  
•   Competition in our primary market areas  
•   Significant government regulations, legislation and potential changes thereto  
•   A reduction in our ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets as a result of compliance with heightened capital standards  
•   Increased cost of operations due to greater regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks and bank holding companies, and higher deposit insurance premiums  
•   Limitations on our ability to expand consumer product and service offerings due to anticipated stricter consumer protection laws and regulations  
•   Other risks described herein and in the other reports and statements we file with the SEC  

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such 
forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made.  The Company wishes to advise readers that the factors listed above could affect the Company’s financial performance and could cause the Company’s actual results for 
future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods in any current statements.  Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the 
date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.  

ITE M 1: BUSINESS  

GENERAL  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") is a federally chartered mid-tier holding company headquartered in Oswego, New York.  The primary business of the Company is its investment in Pathfinder Bank (the "Bank").  The Company is 
majority owned by Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C., a federally-chartered mutual holding company (the "Mutual Holding Company").   At December 31, 2011, the Mutual Holding Company held 1,583,239 shares of the Company’s common 
stock (“Common Stock”), the public and the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), collectively, held 1,034,443 shares (the "Minority Stockholders").  At December 31, 2011, Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries had total assets 
of $443.0 million, total deposits of $366.1 million and shareholders' equity of $37.8 million.  

The Company's executive office is located at 214 West First Street, Oswego, New York and the telephone number at that address is (315) 343-0057.  

Page 3 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

Pathfinder Bank  

The  Bank  is  a  New  York-chartered  savings  bank  headquartered  in  Oswego,  New  York.  The  Bank  operates  from  eight  branch  offices  located  in  its  market  area  consisting  of  Oswego  County,  Onondaga  County  and  the  contiguous 
counties.  The eighth branch was added in Onondaga County in Cicero, New York and opened to the public on February 1, 2011.  The Bank's deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").  The Bank was 
chartered  as  a  New  York  savings  bank  in  1859 as  Oswego  City  Savings  Bank.  The  Bank  is  a customer-oriented  institution  dedicated  to  providing  mortgage  loans and  other  traditional  financial  services  to  its  customers.  The  Bank  is 
committed to meeting the financial needs of its customers in Oswego County and Onondaga County, New York, and the contiguous counties.  

The Bank is primarily engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public in the Bank's market area, and investing such deposits, together with other sources of funds, in loans secured by one- to four-family residential real 
estate,  commercial  real  estate,  small  business  loans,  and  consumer  loans.  The  Bank  invests  a  portion  of  its  assets  in  securities  issued  by  the  United  States  Government  and  its  agencies  and  sponsored  enterprises,  state  and  municipal 
obligations,  corporate  debt securities, mutual funds, and  equity securities.  The  Bank also invests  in mortgage-backed securities  primarily issued or guaranteed by  United States  Government sponsored enterprises.  The Bank's principal 
sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and investments, as well as borrowings from correspondent financial institutions.  The principal source of income is interest on loans and investment securities.  The 
Bank's principal expenses are interest paid on deposits, employee compensation and benefits, data processing and facilities.  

Pathfinder Bank also operates through a limited purpose commercial bank subsidiary, Pathfinder Commercial Bank, which serves the depository needs of municipalities and public entities in its market area.  

The Bank has Pathfinder REIT, Inc., a New York corporation, as its wholly-owned real estate investment trust subsidiary.  At December 31, 2011, Pathfinder REIT, Inc. held $28.1 million in mortgages and mortgage related assets.  All 
disclosures in this Form 10-K relating to the Bank's loans and investments include loans and investments that are held by Pathfinder REIT, Inc.  

The Bank also has 100% ownership in Whispering Oaks Development Corp., a New York corporation, which is retained in case the need to operate or develop foreclosed real estate emerges.  

Additionally, the Bank has 100% ownership in Pathfinder Risk Management Company, Inc. which was established to record the 51% controlling interest upon the purchase of the Fitzgibbons Agency, an Oswego County property and 
casualty and life and health insurance business with $400,000 in annual revenues.  The Company has received all required regulatory approvals and, pending the completion of the final stages of due diligence to affirm the purchase price 
allocation, this transaction is targeted to close in the early part of the second quarter of 2012.  

Finally, the Company has a non-consolidated Delaware statutory trust subsidiary, Pathfinder Statutory Trust II, of which 100% of the common equity is owned by the Company.  Pathfinder Statutory Trust II was formed in connection with 
the issuance of trust preferred securities.  

Employees  

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had 100 full-time employees and 19 part-time employees.  The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.  

MARKET AREA AND COMPETITION  

The economy in the Bank's market area is manufacturing-oriented and is also significantly dependent upon the State University of New York College at Oswego.  The major manufacturing employers in the Bank's market area are Entergy 
Nuclear Northeast, Novelis, Constellation, NRG and Huhtamaki.  The Bank is the largest depository institution headquartered in Oswego County.  The Bank's business and operating results are significantly affected by the general economic 
conditions prevalent in its market areas.  

Page 4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
The Bank encounters strong competition both in attracting deposits and in originating real estate and other loans.  Its most direct competition for deposits comes from commercial banks, savings banks, savings associations and credit unions 
in  its  market  area.  Competition  for  loans  comes  from  such  financial  institutions  as  well  as  mortgage  banking  companies.  The  Bank  competes  for  deposits  by  offering  depositors  a  high  level  of  personal  service,  a  wide  range  of 
competitively priced financial services, and a strong network of branches, ATMs, and electronic banking.  The Bank competes for real estate loans primarily through the interest rates and loan fees it charges and advertising, as well as by 
originating  and  holding  in  its  portfolio  mortgage  loans  which  do  not  necessarily  conform  to  secondary  market  underwriting  standards.  The  turmoil  in  the  residential  mortgage  sector  of  the  United  States  economy  has  caused  certain 
competitors to be less effective in the market place.  While Central New York did not experience the level of speculative lending and borrowing in residential real estate that has adversely affected other regions on a national basis, certain 
mortgage brokers and finance companies in our area are either no longer operating, or have limited aggressive lending practices.  Additionally, as certain money centers and large regional banks grapple with current economic conditions and 
the related credit crisis, their ability to compete as effectively has been reduced.  Management believes that these conditions have created a window of reduced competition for local community and regional banks in residential loans, and to 
a lesser extent, commercial real estate and small business loans.  Of course, there are others, including tax-exempt credit unions, which are aggressively taking advantage of that window.  

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION  

General  

The Bank is a New York-chartered stock savings bank and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”).  The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the New York 
State Department of Financial Services (the “Department”), as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, as its deposit insurer and primary federal regulator.  The Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the FDIC 
and  the  Department  concerning  its  activities  and  financial  condition  and  must  obtain  regulatory  approvals  prior  to  entering  into  certain  transactions,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  mergers  with  or  acquisitions  of  other  banking 
institutions.  The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”) and is subject to certain regulations by the Federal Home Loan Bank System.  

The Company and the Mutual Holding Company are federally chartered and up until July 21, 2011, were subject to the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") as savings and loan holding companies.  However, under the 
Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform and Consumer  Protection  Act  (the  “Dodd-Frank  Act”),  which is discussed  further  below,  the  OTS’s  functions relating  to savings  and  loan  holding  companies  were thereafter  transferred  to the Federal 
Reserve Board.  The Company and the MHC are regulated as of the above date by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia.  

Regulatory  requirements  applicable  to  the  Bank,  the  Company  and  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  are  referred  to  below  or  elsewhere  herein.  This  description  of  statutory  and  regulatory  provisions  does  not  purport  to  be  a  complete 
description of all such statutes and regulations applicable to the MHC, the Company, or the Bank.  Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by Congress or the applicable regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse impact 
on the Bank, the Company or the Mutual Holding Company.  

Dodd-Frank Act  

The Dodd-Frank Act has and will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies.  The Dodd-Frank Act has 
changed the current primary federal regulator of the Company and the Mutual Holding Company from the OTS to the Federal Reserve Board.  Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board now supervises and regulates all savings 
and loan holding companies, such as the Company and the Mutual Holding Company.  As a result, the Federal Reserve Board’s current regulations applicable to bank holding companies, including holding company capital requirements, 
apply to savings and loan holding companies like the Company, unless an exemption exists.  The bank holding company capital requirements are substantially similar to the capital requirements currently applicable to the Bank, as described 
in  “Regulatory  Capital  Requirements.”  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  also  requires  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  to  set  minimum  capital  levels  for  depository  institution  holding  companies  that  are  as  stringent  as  those  required  for  the  insured    
depository subsidiaries, and the components of Tier 1 capital would be restricted to capital instruments that are currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions.  Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the proceeds of trust 
preferred securities are excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank or savings and loan holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets.  The legislation also establishes a floor for 
capital of insured depository institutions that cannot be lower than the standards in effect today and directs the federal banking regulators to implement new leverage and capital requirements within 18 months.  These new leverage and 
capital requirements  must take into  account  off-balance  sheet  activities  and  other  risks, including  risks  relating  to securitized products  and  derivatives.  Moreover,  the Mutual Holding  Company  will  require  the approval  of the  Federal 
Reserve Board before it may waive the receipt of any dividends from the Company, and there is no assurance that the Federal Reserve Board will approve future dividend waivers or what conditions it may impose on such waivers. In fact, 
by adopting Section 239.8(d) of regulation MM of the Interim final rule regarding dividends waived by Mutual Holding Companies, the Federal Reserve has practically assured that Mutual Holding Companies such as Pathfinder Bancorp, 
MHC will not be able to waive dividend payments from their mid-tier holding companies.  See “Federal Holding Company Regulation—Waivers of Dividends by Mutual Holding Company” below.  

Page 5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
The Dodd-Frank Act also creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws.  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide 
range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions such as Pathfinder Bank, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices.  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has 
examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets.  Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will be examined by their applicable bank regulators.  The 
Dodd-Frank  Act  also  provides  for  regulations  requiring  originators  of  certain  securitized  loans  to  retain  a  percentage  of  the  risk  for  transferred  loans,  established  regulatory  rate-setting  for  certain  debit  and  interchange  fees,  repealed 
restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage originations.  The legislation also weakened the federal preemption available for national banks and federal 
savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.  

The Dodd-Frank Act broadens the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessments.  Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution.  The 
legislation also permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and non-interest bearing transaction accounts have 
unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012.  The Dodd-Frank Act will increase stockholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-
called  “golden  parachute”  payments,  and  authorizing  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  to  promulgate  rules  that  would  allow  stockholders  to  nominate  and  solicit  votes  for  their  own  candidates  using  a  company’s  own  proxy 
materials. These particular requirements are not imposed on the Company in 2012.  The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, 
regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.  

New York State Banking Law and FDIC Regulation  

The Bank derives its lending, investment and other authority primarily from the applicable provisions of New York State Banking Law and the regulations of the Department, as limited by FDIC regulations. In particular, the applicable 
provisions of New York State Banking Law and regulations governing the investment authority and activities of an FDIC insured state-chartered savings bank have been substantially limited by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA") and the FDIC regulations issued pursuant thereto.  Under these laws and regulations, savings banks, including the Bank, may invest in real estate mortgages, consumer and commercial loans, certain 
types of debt securities, including certain corporate debt securities and obligations of federal, state and local governments and agencies, certain types of corporate equity securities and certain other assets.  New York State chartered savings 
banks may also invest in subsidiaries under their service corporation investment authority.  A savings bank may use this power to invest in corporations that engage in various activities authorized for savings banks, plus any additional 
activities, which may be authorized by the Banking Board.  Under FDICIA and the FDIC’s implementation of regulations, the Bank’s investment and service corporation activities are limited to activities permissible for a national bank 
unless the FDIC otherwise permits it.  

The FDIC and the Superintendent have broad enforcement authority over the Bank.  Under this authority, the FDIC and the Superintendent have the ability to issue formal or informal orders to correct violations of laws or unsafe or unsound 
banking practices.  

Page 6 

 
 
 
   
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
FDIC Insurance on Deposits  

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions such as the Bank. Deposit accounts in the Bank are insured by the FDIC generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately 
insured depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts.  The FDIC charges the insured financial institutions assessments to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.  

Under the FDIC’s current risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors.  Assessments are based on the 
risk category to which an institution is assigned and certain risk adjustments assigned by FDIC regulations.  

In February 2011, the FDIC published a final rule under the Dodd-Frank Act to reform the deposit insurance assessment system.  The rule redefined the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments effective April 1, 
2011.  Under the new rule, assessments are based on an institution’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity as opposed to total deposits.  Since the new base is much larger than the former base, the FDIC also 
lowered assessment rates so that the total amount of revenue collected from the industry was not significantly altered.  The new range is 2½ basis points to 45 basis points of total consolidated assets less tangible equity.  The new rule 
benefitted  smaller  financial  institutions,  which  typically  rely  more  on  deposits  for  funding,  and  shifts  more  of  the  burden  for  supporting  the  insurance  fund  to  larger  institutions,  which  have  greater  access  to  non-deposit  sources  of 
funding.  As a result of the change in the assessment base, the Company experienced an approximate 50% reduction in its quarterly assessment charges effective with the second quarter of 2011.  

The Dodd-Frank Act also extended the unlimited deposit insurance on non-interest bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2012.  Unlike the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, the insurance provided under the 
Dodd-Frank Act does not extend to low-interest NOW accounts, and there is no separate assessment on covered accounts.  

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the 
FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Bank paid $31,000 in 
fees related to the FICO.  

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, 
rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.  

Regulatory Capital Requirements  

The FDIC has adopted risk-based capital guidelines to which the Bank is subject. The guidelines establish a systematic analytical framework that makes regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among 
banking organizations. The Bank is required to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory risk-weighted assets. The ratio of such regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as the Bank's 
"risk-based capital ratio." Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items to four risk-weighted categories ranging from 0% to 100%, with higher levels of capital being required for the 
categories perceived as representing greater risk.  

Page 7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
These guidelines divide a savings bank's capital into two tiers. The first tier ("Tier I") includes common equity, retained earnings, certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (excluding auction rate issues) and minority interests in 
equity  accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and other intangible assets (except mortgage servicing rights and  purchased  credit card relationships subject to certain limitations).  Supplementary  ("Tier II") capital includes, 
among other items, Tier 1 capital, cumulative perpetual and long-term limited-life preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, certain hybrid capital instruments, term subordinated debt and the allowance for loan and lease losses, 
subject to certain limitations, less required deductions. Savings banks are required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, and a Tier I risk based capital level of at least 4%.  

In addition, the FDIC has established regulations prescribing a minimum Tier I leverage ratio (Tier I capital to adjusted total average assets as specified in the regulations). These regulations provide for a minimum Tier I leverage ratio of 
3% for banks that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest examination rating and are not experiencing or anticipating significant growth. All other banks are required to maintain a Tier I leverage ratio of at least 
4%.  The FDIC may, however, set higher leverage and risk-based capital requirements on individual institutions when particular circumstances warrant. Savings banks experiencing or anticipating significant growth are expected to maintain 
capital ratios, including tangible capital positions, well above the minimum levels.  

SBLF Participation  

As disclosed in the Company’s 8-K filing of September 6, 2011, on September 1, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury (“Treasury”) pursuant to which the Company sold to the 
Treasury, 13,000 shares of its Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (“Series B Preferred Stock”), having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share for aggregate proceeds of $13,000,000.  This transaction was 
entered  into  as  part  of  the  Treasury’s  Small  Business  Lending  Fund  Program  (“SBLF”).  In  connection  therewith,  the  Company  redeemed  all  6,771  shares  of  its  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock,  Series  A  (“Series  A 
Preferred Stock”) it sold to the Treasury on September 11, 2009 in connection with the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”).  The Company paid $6,786,045 to the Treasury to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, which included 
the original investment of $6,771,000, plus accrued dividends.  In addition, as disclosed in our 8-K filed February 1, 2012, on said date, the Company repurchased from Treasury, a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 154,354 shares of the 
Company’s common stock at an exercise price per share of $6.58.  The Warrant was previously issued to Treasury in connection with the Company’s participation in the CPP.  The repurchase price of the Warrant was an agreed upon price 
of $537,633.  

Accordingly, the Company is no longer subject to restrictions of the CPP program.  The SBLF program does have its own requirements, which are summarized below:  

The  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  is  entitled  to  receive  non-cumulative  dividends  payable  quarterly,  on  each  January  1,  April  1,  July  1  and  October  1,  beginning  October  1,  2011.  The  dividend  rate,  which  is  calculated  on  the  aggregate 
Liquidation Amount,  was  initially set  at 4.2%  per  annum based  upon  the current  level of  “Qualified  Small Business  Lending”,  or  “QSBL”  (as  defined in  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement) by  the  Bank.  The  dividend  rate for future 
dividend periods will be set based upon the “Percentage Change in Qualified Lending” (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) between each dividend period and the “Baseline” QSBL level.  Such dividend rate may vary from 
1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through tenth dividend periods, from 1% per annum to 7% per annum for the eleventh through the first half of the nineteenth dividend periods.   If the Series B Preferred Stock remains 
outstanding for more than four-and-one-half years, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9%.  Prior to that time, in general, the dividend rate decreases as the level of the Bank’s QSBL increases.   The Company’s dividend rate as of the date of 
this report is 3.56%. Such dividends are not cumulative, but the Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred Stock) if it has declared and paid dividends 
for the current dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock, and will be subject to other restrictions on its ability to repurchase or redeem other securities.    

Page 8 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
The Company may redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the sum of the Liquidation Amount per share and the per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the then-
current period, subject to any required prior approval by the Company’s primary federal banking regulator.  

The Company’s ability to pay common stock dividends is conditional on payment of the Series B Preferred Stock Dividends described above.  In addition, the SBLF program requires the Company to file quarterly reports on QSBL lending 
reported on by its Auditor annually.  The Company must also outreach and advertise the availability of QSBL to organizations and individuals who represent minorities, woman and veterans.  The Company must annually certify that no 
business loans are made to principals of businesses who have been convicted of a sex crime against a minor.  Finally, the SBLF program requires the Company to file quarterly, annual and other reports provided to shareholders concurrently 
with the Treasury.  

Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions  

The FDIC has the authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a savings bank from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.  Federal law also prohibits the payment 
of dividends by a bank that will result in the bank failing to meet its applicable capital requirements on a pro forma basis.  New York law also restricts the Bank from declaring a dividend that would reduce its capital below the amount that 
is required to be maintained by state law and regulation.  The Bank is also subject to dividend notification requirements to the Federal Reserve Board by virtue of the Company being a savings and loan holding company.  The Federal 
Reserve Board may object to a proposed dividend if the Bank will become undercapitalized or the dividend is deemed to be unsafe or unsound or violate a law, regulation or order.  

Since the Company has chosen to participate in the Treasury’s SBLF program, it is permitted to pay dividends on its common stock provided certain Tier 1 capital minimums are exceeded and SBLF dividends have been declared and paid 
to Treasury as of the most recent dividend period.  

Prompt Corrective Action  

The federal banking agencies have promulgated regulations to implement the system of prompt corrective action required by federal law.  Under the regulations, a bank shall be deemed to be (i) "well capitalized" if it has total risk-based 
capital of 10% or more, has a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6% or more, has a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 5% or more and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) "adequately capitalized" if it has a total risk based 
capital ratio of 8% or more, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4% or more and a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 4% or more (3% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of "well capitalized"; (iii) "undercapitalized" if it 
has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less   than 8%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 4% (3% under certain circumstances); (iv) "significantly undercapitalized" if it has 
a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 3%; and (v) "critically undercapitalized" if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets 
that is equal to or less than 2%.  Federal law and regulations also specify circumstances under which a federal banking agency may reclassify a well capitalized institution as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized 
institution to comply with supervisory actions as if it were in the next lower category (except that the FDIC may not reclassify a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized).  

The FDIC may order savings banks that have insufficient capital to take corrective actions.  For example, a savings bank that is categorized as “undercapitalized” would be subject to growth limitations, could generally not make capital 
distributions, including paying dividends, and would be required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan.  A holding company that controls such a savings bank would be required to guarantee that the savings bank complies with the 
restoration plan in an amount of up to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s total assets or the amount of capital needed for the institution to achieve compliance with regulatory capital requirements.  A “significantly undercapitalized” savings 
bank would be subject to additional restrictions.  Savings banks deemed by the FDIC to be “critically undercapitalized” would be subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator within specified time frames.  

The Bank currently meets the criteria to be classified as a "well capitalized" savings institution.  

Page 9 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders  

Under current federal law, transactions between depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulations. An affiliate of a savings bank is any company 
or entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the savings bank, other than a subsidiary of the savings bank. In a holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of a savings bank, and any 
companies that are controlled by such parent holding company, are affiliates of the savings bank. Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which the savings bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one 
affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such savings bank’s capital stock and surplus and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. The term “covered 
transaction” includes the making of loans or other extensions of credit to an affiliate, the purchase of assets from an affiliate, an investment in the securities of an affiliate, the acceptance of securities of an affiliate as collateral for a loan or 
extension of credit, the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate and certain other transactions resulting in credit exposure to an affiliate.  Section 23A also establishes specific collateral requirements for 
certain transactions such as loans or extensions of credit to, or guarantees, acceptances on letters of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate. Section 23B requires that covered transactions and a broad list of other specified transactions be on 
terms substantially the same, or no less favorable, to the savings bank or its subsidiary as similar transactions with nonaffiliates.  

Further, Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulations restrict a savings bank with respect to loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to directors, executive 
officers and stockholders who control, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of voting securities of a savings bank and certain related interests of any of the foregoing, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such persons 
and  affiliated  entities,  the  savings  bank's  total  unimpaired  capital  and  unimpaired  surplus.  Section  22(h)  also  prohibits  loans  above  amounts  prescribed  by  the  appropriate  federal  banking  agency  to  directors,  executive  officers,  and 
stockholders who control 10% or more of voting securities of a stock savings bank, and their respective related interests, unless such loan is approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the savings bank. Any "interested" 
director may not participate in the voting. Further, pursuant to Section 22(h), loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders must generally be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to 
other persons. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act places additional limitations on loans to executive officers.  

Supervisory Agreement  

During  May  2009,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Supervisory  Agreement  with  the  OTS.  The  agreement  was  issued  in  connection  with  the  identification  of  certain  violations  of  applicable  statutory  and  regulatory  restrictions  on  capital 
distributions and transactions with affiliates.  As a result of the identified violations, the Company recorded $41,000 of income relating to certain transactions with its unconsolidated parent company Pathfinder Bancorp, MHC.  In addition 
the Company is prohibited from accepting or directing Pathfinder Bank to declare or pay a dividend or other capital distributions without the prior written approval of the OTS.  With the change in our Holding Company regulator to the 
Federal Reserve Board, this Supervisory Agreement is now with that Regulator.  All violations have been corrected and the Company believes it is in compliance with the Agreement.  

Federal Holding Company Regulation  

General .   The Company and the Mutual Holding Company are nondiversified savings and loan holding companies within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act.  The Company and the Mutual Holding Company are registered with 
the Federal Reserve Board and are subject to Federal Reserve Board regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements.  As such, the Federal Reserve Board has enforcement authority over the Company and the Mutual 
Holding  Company,  and their  non-savings institution  subsidiaries.  Among  other things, this authority permits  the  Federal Reserve  Board  to restrict  or  prohibit  activities  that are  determined  to  be  a  serious  risk to  the  subsidiary  savings 
institution.  The Federal Reserve Board assumed regulatory authority over savings and loan holding companies from OTS on July 21, 2011, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act.  See “The Dodd-Frank Act” above.  

Page 10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

Permitted Activities .   Under federal regulation and policy, a mutual holding company and a federally chartered mid-tier holding company, such as the Company, may engage in the following activities: (i) investing in the stock of a savings 
association; (ii) acquiring a mutual association through the merger of such association into a savings association subsidiary of such holding company or an interim savings association subsidiary of such holding company; (iii) merging with 
or acquiring another holding company, one of whose subsidiaries is a savings association; (iv) investing in a corporation, the capital stock of which is available for purchase by a savings association under federal law or under the law of any 
state where the subsidiary savings association or associations share their home offices; (v) furnishing or performing management services for a savings association subsidiary of such company; (vi) holding, managing or liquidating assets 
owned or acquired from a savings subsidiary of such company; (vii) holding or managing properties used or occupied by a savings association subsidiary of such company; (viii) acting as trustee under deeds of trust; (ix) any other activity 
that (A)  has been deemed to be permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, unless the Federal Reserve Board, by regulation, prohibits or limits any such activity for savings and 
loan holding companies; or (B) in which multiple savings and loan holding companies were authorized (by regulation) to directly engage in March 5, 1987; (x) any activity permissible for financial holding companies under Section 4(k) of 
the Bank Holding Company Act (provided certain criteria are met), including securities and insurance underwriting; and (xi) purchasing, holding, or disposing of stock acquired in connection with a qualified stock issuance if the purchase 
of such stock by such savings and loan holding company is approved by the Federal Reserve Board.  If a mutual holding company acquires or merges with another holding company, the holding company acquired or the holding company 
resulting from such merger or acquisition may only invest in assets and engage in activities listed in (i) through (xi) above, and has a period of two years to cease any nonconforming activities and divest of any nonconforming investments.  

The Home Owners’ Loan Act prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring another savings association or holding company thereof, without prior written approval 
of  the Federal  Reserve  Board.  It  also  prohibits  the  acquisition  or  retention of, with  certain exceptions, more than 5% of  a  nonsubsidiary  savings association,  a nonsubsidiary  holding  company, or  a nonsubsidiary  company engaged  in 
activities other than those permitted by the Home  Owners’ Loan Act; or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured.  In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings associations, the 
Federal  Reserve  Board must consider the  financial and  managerial resources, future prospects  of  the company and association  involved,  the effect  of  the  acquisition  on the  risk to  the insurance fund, the  convenience and  needs of the 
community and competitive factors.  

The Federal Reserve Board is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings associations in more than one state, subject to two exceptions: (i) the approval of 
interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies, and (ii) the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisitions.  The 
states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.  

Unlike bank holding companies, savings and loan holding companies are not currently subject to specific consolidated regulatory capital requirements.  The Dodd-Frank Act, however, requires the promulgation of such capital requirements 
for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves.  That will eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments from 
tier 1 capital that are currently includable for bank holding companies, such as trust preferred securities.  Instruments issued before May 19, 2010, by holding companies with fewer than $15 billion in total assets on December 3, 2009 are 
grandfathered.  There is a five year transition period from the July 21, 2010 date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act before the capital requirements will apply to savings and loan holding companies.  The Dodd-Frank Act exempted bank 
holding companies of less than $500 million in assets from such consolidated requirements but does not specifically do so with respect to savings and loan holding companies.  The Federal Reserve Board has not yet issued such regulations. 

Page 11 

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents 
The Dodd-Frank Act extended the “source of strength” doctrine to savings and loan holding companies.  The regulatory agencies must promulgate regulations implementing the “source of strength” policy that requires holding companies 
act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.  

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends and other capital distributions by bank holding companies that it has made applicable to savings and loan holding companies as well.  In general, 
the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall 
financial condition.  Regulatory guidance provides for prior regulatory review of capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past three years, net of dividends previously paid over that 
period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition.  The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be 
restricted if a subsidiary depository institution becomes undercapitalized.  These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.  

Waivers of Dividends by Mutual Holding Company .   The Dodd-Frank Act requires federally-chartered mutual holding companies to give the Federal Reserve Board notice before waiving the receipt of dividends, and provides that in the 
case of “grandfathered” mutual holding companies, like the Mutual Holding Company, the Federal Reserve Board “may not object” to a dividend waiver if the board of directors of the mutual holding company waiving dividends 
determines that the waiver: (i) would not be detrimental to the safe and sound operation of the subsidiary savings bank; and (ii) is consistent with the board’s fiduciary duties to members of the mutual holding company.  To qualify as a 
grandfathered mutual holding company, a mutual holding company must have been formed, issued stock and waived dividends prior to December 1, 2009.  The Dodd-Frank Act further provides that the Federal Reserve Board may not 
consider waived dividends in determining an appropriate exchange ratio upon the conversion of a grandfathered mutual holding company to stock form.  In September 2011, however, the Federal Reserve Board issued an interim final rule 
that also requires, as a condition to waiving dividends, that each mutual holding company obtain the approval of a majority of the eligible votes of its members within 12 months prior to the declaration of the dividend being waived.  The 
Federal Reserve Board has requested comments on the interim final rule, and there can be no assurance that the rule will be amended to eliminate or modify the member vote requirement for dividend waivers by grandfathered mutual 
holding companies, such as the Mutual Holding Company in the future, or as to what conditions the Federal Reserve Board may place on any dividend waivers.  The Mutual Holding Company has not requested a current dividend waiver 
and, is not planning to waive future dividends at this time.  

Conversion  of  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  to  Stock  Form  .    Federal  regulations  permit  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  to  convert  from  the  mutual  form  of  organization  to  the  capital  stock  form  of  organization  (a  "Conversion 
Transaction").  There can be no assurance when, if ever, a Conversion Transaction will occur, and the Board of Directors has no current intention or plan to undertake a Conversion Transaction.  In a Conversion Transaction a new holding 
company would be  formed  as  the successor  to  the  Company  (the "New  Holding  Company"), the  Mutual  Holding  Company's corporate  existence would  end, and certain  depositors of  the Bank  would receive the  right  to  subscribe for 
additional shares of the New Holding Company.  In a Conversion Transaction, each share of common stock held by stockholders other than the Mutual Holding Company ("Minority Stockholders") would be automatically converted into a 
number of shares of common stock of the New Holding Company determined pursuant to an exchange ratio (determined by an independent valuation) that ensures that Minority Stockholders own the same percentage of common stock in 
the New Holding Company as they owned in the Company immediately prior to the Conversion Transaction.    The total number of shares held by Minority Stockholders after a Conversion Transaction also would be increased by any 
purchases by Minority Stockholders in the stock offering conducted as part of the Conversion Transaction.  

Page 12 

   
   
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
Federal Securities Law  

The common stock of the Company is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”).  The Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other 
requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.  

The  Company  Common  Stock  held  by  persons  who  are  affiliates  (generally  officers,  directors  and  principal  stockholders)  of  the  Company  may  not  be  resold  without  registration  or  unless  sold  in  accordance  with  certain  resale 
restrictions.  If the Company meets specified current public information requirements, each affiliate of the Company is able to sell in the public market, without registration, a limited number of shares in any three-month period.  

Federal Reserve System  

The  Federal  Reserve  Board  requires  all  depository  institutions  to  maintain  noninterest-bearing  reserves  at  specified  levels  against  their  transaction  accounts  (primarily  checking,  money  management  and  NOW  checking  accounts).  At 
December 31, 2011, the Bank was in compliance with these reserve requirements.  

Federal Community Reinvestment Regulation  

Under the Community Reinvestment Act, as amended (the "CRA"), as implemented by FDIC regulations, a savings bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs 
of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods.  The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types of 
products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA.  The CRA requires the FDIC, in connection with its examination of a savings institution, to assess the institution's record of meeting 
the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution.  The CRA requires the FDIC to provide a written evaluation of an institution's CRA performance utilizing a 
four-tiered descriptive rating system.  The Bank's latest CRA rating was "satisfactory."  

New York State Community Reinvestment Regulation  

The  Bank  is  subject  to  provisions  of  the  New  York  State  Banking  Law  which  impose  continuing  and  affirmative  obligations  upon  banking  institutions  organized  in  New  York  State  to  serve  the  credit  needs  of  its  local  community 
("NYCRA")  which  are  substantially  similar  to  those  imposed  by  the  CRA.  Pursuant  to  the  NYCRA,  a  bank  must  file  an  annual  NYCRA  report  and  copies  of  all  federal  CRA  reports  with  the  Department.  The  NYCRA  requires  the 
Department to make a biennial written assessment of a bank's compliance with the NYCRA, utilizing a four-tiered rating system and make such assessment available to the public.  The NYCRA also requires the Superintendent to consider a 
bank's NYCRA rating when reviewing a bank's application to engage in certain transactions, including mergers, asset purchases and the establishment of branch offices or automated teller machines, and provides that such assessment may 
serve as a basis for the denial of any such application.  

The Bank's NYCRA rating as of its latest examination was "satisfactory."  

The USA PATRIOT Act  

The USA PATRIOT Act (“the PATRIOT Act”) was signed into law on October 26, 2001.  The PATRIOT Act gives the federal government new powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded 
surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements.  The PATRIOT Act also requires  the federal  banking agencies to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to 
combat money laundering activities in determining whether to approve a merger or other acquisition application of a financial institution.  Accordingly, if the Company were to engage in a merger or other acquisitions, its controls designed 
to combat money laundering would be considered as part of the application process.  The Company and the Bank have established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations.  

Page 13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
Table of Contents 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  (“Sarbanes  Oxley”)  was  signed  into  law  on  July  30,  2002.  Sarbanes-Oxley  is  a  law  that  addresses,  among  other  issues,  corporate  governance,  auditing  and  accounting,  executive  compensation,  and 
enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information.  As directed by Section 302(a) of Sarbanes-Oxley, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are each required to certify that the Company’s quarterly and 
annual  reports  do  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact.  The  rules  have  several  requirements,  including  having  these  officers  certify  that:  they  are  responsible  for  establishing,  maintaining  and  regularly  evaluating  the 
effectiveness of our internal controls; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors about our internal controls; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports 
about their evaluation and whether there have been significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the evaluation.  As part of the Dodd-Frank Act, the outside 
auditor attestation requirement on internal controls of companies with less than $75 million in market capitalization, like the Company, was rescinded.  Disclosure of management attestations on internal control over financial reporting will 
continue to be required for smaller reporting companies, including the Company.  We have existing policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and continue to further enhance and document our policies, 
procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.  

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting  

The Company maintains an Internet website located at www.pathfinderbank.com on which, among other things, the Company makes available, free of charge, various reports that it files with or furnishes to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, including its Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K.  These reports are made available as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are filed with or furnished to 
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  The  Company  has  also  made  available  on  its  website  its  Audit  Committee  Charter,  Compensation  Committee  Charter,  Governance  Guidelines  (which  serve  as  the  Nominating  /  Governance 
Committee’s charter) and Code of Ethics.  

The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K may be accessed on the Company's website at www.pathfinderbank.com /annualmeeting .  

FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION  

Federal Taxation  

The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Company or the Bank.  

Bad Debt Reserves .   Prior to the Tax Reform Act of 1996 (“the 1996 Act”), the Bank was permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to make annual additions to the reserve.  The Bank has chosen to be on the direct charge-off 
method, net of recoveries, in its calculation of taxable income.  

Taxable Distributions and Recapture .  Prior to the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves created prior to January 1, 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income should the Bank fail to meet certain thrift asset and definitional   tests.  New 
federal legislation eliminated these thrift related recapture rules.  However, under current law, pre-1988 reserves remain subject to recapture should the Bank cease to retain a bank or thrift charter or make certain non-dividend distributions.  

Page 14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

Minimum Tax .   The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax ("AMT") at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences ("alternative minimum taxable income" or "AMTI").  The AMT 
is payable to the extent such AMTI is in excess of an exemption amount.  Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of AMTI.  Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in 
future years.  

Net Operating Loss Carryovers .  A financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years.  

State Taxation  

New York Taxation .  The Company is subject to the New York State Franchise Tax on Banking Corporations in an annual amount equal to the greater of (i) 7.1% of the Bank's "entire net income" allocable to New York State during the 
taxable  year,  or  (ii) the  applicable  alternative  minimum  tax.  The  alternative  minimum  tax  is  generally  the  greater  of  (a) 0.01%  of  the  value  of  the  Bank's  assets  allocable  to  New  York  State  with  certain  modifications,  (b) 3%  of  the 
Company’s "alternative entire net income" allocable to New York State, or (c) $1,250.  Entire net income is similar to federal taxable income, subject to certain modifications and alternative entire net income is equal to entire net income 
without certain modifications.  Net operating losses arising in the current period can be carried forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years.  

Neither the Internal Revenue Service nor New York State has examined our federal or state tax returns within the past 5 years.  

ITEM 1A: RISK FACTORS  

Not required of a smaller reporting company.  

ITEM 1B:  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

None.  

Page 15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 2: PROPERTIES  

The Bank conducts its business through its main office located in Oswego, New York, six branch offices located in Oswego County, and a new branch, opened February 1, 2011, in Onondaga County.  Management believes that the Bank’s 
facilities  are  adequate  for  the  business  conducted.  The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  concerning  the  main  office  and  each  branch  office  of  the  Bank  at  December 31,  2011.  The  aggregate  net book  value  of  the  Bank's 
premises and equipment was $10.7 million at December 31, 2011.  For additional information regarding the Bank's properties, see Notes 8 and 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

LOCATION  
Main Office  
214 West First Street  
Oswego, New York  13126  

Plaza Branch  
Route 104, Ames Plaza  
Oswego, New York  13126  

Mexico Branch  
Norman & Main Streets  
Mexico, New York  13114  

Oswego East Branch  
34 East Bridge Street  
Oswego, New York  13126  

Lacona Branch  
1897 Harwood Drive  
Lacona, New York 13083  

Fulton Branch  
5 West First Street South  
Fulton, New York  13069  

Central Square Branch  
3025 East Ave  
Central Square, New York  13036  

Cicero Branch  
6194 State Route 31  
Cicero, New York 13039  

OPENING DATE  
1874  

OWNED/LEASED  
Owned  

1989  

1978  

1994  

2002  

2003  

2005  

2011  

     Owned (1)  

Owned  

Owned  

Owned  

     Owned (2)  

Owned  

Owned  

(1)   The building is owned; the underlying land is leased with an annual rent of $21,000  
(2)   The building is owned; the underlying land is leased with an annual rent of $30,000  

Page 16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 3: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

There are various claims and lawsuits to which the Company is periodically involved that are incidental to the Company's business.  In the opinion of management, such claims and lawsuits in the aggregate are not expected to have a 
material adverse impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition and results of operations .  

PART  II  

ITEM 5:  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s common stock currently trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol "PBHC".  There were 442 shareholders of record as of March 16, 2012.  The following table sets forth the high and low closing 
bid prices and dividends paid per share of common stock for the periods indicated:  

Quarter Ended:  
December 31, 2011  
September 30, 2011  
June 30, 2011  
March 31, 2011  
December 31, 2010  
September 30, 2010  
June 30, 2010  
March 31, 2010  

Dividends and Dividend History  

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

High   
10.20   
10.08   
10.25   
10.15   
8.50   
8.00   
6.69   
8.00   

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Low   
8.01   
8.33   
8.87   
8.18   
7.75   
6.03   
6.00   
5.60   

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Dividend   
Paid   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   

The Company has historically paid regular quarterly cash dividends on its common stock, and the Board of Directors presently intends to continue the payment of regular quarterly cash dividends, subject to the need for those funds for debt 
service and other purposes.  Payment of dividends on the common stock is subject to determination and declaration by the Board of Directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including capital requirements, regulatory limitations 
on the payment of dividends, Pathfinder Bank and its subsidiaries results of operations and financial condition, tax considerations, and general economic conditions.  The Company's mutual holding company, Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C., 
may elect to waive or receive dividends each time the Company declares a dividend.  Dividend waivers must receive the non-objection of the Federal Reserve.  Historically, the Federal Reserve has not provided its non-objection to the 
waiver of dividends by mutual holding companies. As mentioned previously, new Federal Reserve regulations make such non-objection even less likely.  The Mutual Holding Company did not waive the right to receive its portion of the 
cash dividends declared during 2011 or 2010.  

Page 17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 6: SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

The Company is the parent company of the Bank and Pathfinder Statutory Trust II.  The Bank has three operating subsidiaries – Pathfinder Commercial Bank, Pathfinder REIT, Inc., and Whispering Oaks Development Corp.  

The following selected consolidated financial data sets forth certain financial highlights of the Company and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the "Management's Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere  in this annual report on  Form 10-K.  

2011  

2010  

2009  

2008  

2007  

Year End ( In thousands )  
Total assets  
Loans receivable, net  
Deposits  
Equity  

For the Year ( In thousands )  
Net interest income  
Core noninterest income (a)  
Net gains/(losses) on sales, redemptions and  
impairment of investment securities  
Net (losses) gains on sales of loans and  

foreclosed real estate  

Noninterest expense (b)  
Regulatory assessments  
Net income  

Per Share  
Net income (basic)  
Net income (diluted)  
Book value per common share  
Tangible book value per common share (c)  
Cash dividends declared  

Ratios  
Return on average assets  
Return on average equity  
Return on average tangible equity (c)  
Average equity to average assets  
Dividend payout ratio (d)  
Allowance for loan losses to loans receivable  
Net interest rate spread  
Noninterest income to average assets  
Noninterest expense to average assets  
Efficiency ratio (e)  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

442,980   
300,770   
366,129   
37,841   

14,263   
2,451   

  $ 

791   

(50 ) 
12,758   
390   
2,323   

  $ 

0.53   
0.52   
9.49   
8.02   
0.12   

0 .55 % 
6.75   
7.59   
8.21   
12.87   
1.31   
3.62   
0.76   
3.14   
77.56   

  $ 

408,545   
281,648   
326,502   
30,592   

13,331   
2,854   

  $ 

211   

(45 ) 
11,274   
515   
2,505   

  $ 

0.82   
0.82   
9.81   
8.26   
0.12   

0.64 % 
8.07   
9.20   
7.89   
11.90   
1.28   
3.58   
0.77   
3.00   
71.95   

  $ 

371,692   
259,387   
296,839   
29,238   

11,777   
2,724   

  $ 

112   

54   
10,381   
745   
1,615   

  $ 

0.61   
0.61   
9.31   
7.77   
0.12   

0.45 % 
7.04   
8.45   
6.40   
18.45   
1.17   
3.40   
0.81   
3.10   
76.36   

  $ 

352,760   
247,400   
269,438   
19,495   

10,675   
2,786   

  $ 

(2,191 ) 

(44 ) 
9,882   
53   
368   

  $ 

0.15   
0.15   
8.04   
6.50   
0.41   

0.11 % 
1.70   
2.07   
6.32   
232.61   
0.99   
3.22   
0.16   
2.91   
73.02   

320,691   
221,046   
251,085   
21,704   

8,667   
2,622   

378   

42   
9,799   
39   
1,122   

0.45   
0.45   
8.74   
7.19   
0.41   

0.36 % 
5.27   
6.47   
6.82   
62.03   
0.76   
2.81   
0.98   
3.15   
85.89   

(a)   Exclusive of net gains (losses) on sales and impairment of investment securities and net gains (losses) on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate.  
(b)   Exclusive of regulatory assessments.  
(c)    Tangible equity excludes intangible assets.  
(d)   The dividend payout ratio is calculated using dividends declared and not waived by the Mutual Holding Company, divided by net income.  
(e)    The efficiency ratio is calculated as noninterest expense, including regulatory assessments, divided by the sum of taxable-equivalent net interest income and noninterest income excluding net gains (losses) on sales, redemptions and 

impairment of investment securities and net (losses) gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate.  

Page 18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 7: MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS                           

INTRODUCTION  

Throughout Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) the term, “the Company”, refers to the consolidated entity of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  Pathfinder Bank and Pathfinder Statutory Trust II are wholly owned subsidiaries of 
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., however, Pathfinder Statutory Trust II is not consolidated for reporting purposes (see Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements).  Pathfinder Commercial Bank, Pathfinder REIT, Inc. and Whispering Oaks 
Development Corp. are wholly owned subsidiaries of Pathfinder Bank.  At December 31, 2011, Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C, the Company’s mutual holding company parent, whose activities are not included in the consolidated financial 
statements or the MD&A, held 60.5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and the public held 39.5% of the outstanding common stock.  

The Company's business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized, profitable and independent community bank dedicated to providing value-added products and services to our customers.  Generally, the Company has sought to implement 
this strategy by emphasizing retail deposits as its primary source of funds and maintaining a substantial part of its assets in locally-originated residential first mortgage loans, loans to business enterprises operating in its markets, and in 
investment  securities.  Specifically,  the  Company's  business  strategy  incorporates  the  following  elements:  (i)  operating  as  an  independent  community-oriented  financial  institution;  (ii)  maintaining  capital  in  excess  of  regulatory 
requirements; (iii) emphasizing investment in one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, loans to small businesses and investment securities; and (iv) maintaining a strong retail deposit base.  

The Company's net income is primarily dependent on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income earned on its investments in mortgage and other loans, investment securities and other assets, and its cost of funds 
consisting of interest paid on deposits and borrowings.  The Company's net income also is affected by its provision for loan losses, as well as by the amount of noninterest income, including income from fees, service charges and servicing 
rights, net gains and losses on sales and redemptions of securities, loans and foreclosed real estate, and noninterest expense such as employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, data processing costs and income 
taxes.  Earnings of the Company also are affected significantly by general economic and competitive conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities, of which these events 
are beyond the control of the Company.  In particular, the general level of market rates tends to be highly cyclical.  

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

The  Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared  in accordance with  accounting principles  generally accepted  in  the United  States  and follow practices within  the banking  industry.  Application of these  principles requires 
management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available 
as  of  the date  of  the financial statements;  accordingly,  as  this information  changes,  the financial  statements could reflect  different estimates, assumptions  and judgments.  Certain  policies  inherently  have a greater reliance  on the  use  of 
estimates, assumptions and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.  Estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are 
required to be recorded at fair value or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event.  Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility.  The fair values and 
information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices  or are provided by other third-party sources, when available.  When third party information is not  available, valuation 
adjustments are estimated in good faith by management.  

The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.  These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the  other financial statement notes and in this 
discussion,  provide  information  on  how  significant  assets  and  liabilities  are  valued  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  how  those  values  are  determined.  Based  on  the  valuation  techniques  used  and  the  sensitivity  of  financial 
statement amounts to the methods, assumptions and estimates underlying those amounts, management has identified the allowance for loan losses, deferred income taxes, pension obligations, the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, the 
evaluation of investment securities for other than temporary impairment and the estimation of fair values for accounting and disclosure purposes to be the accounting areas that require the most subjective and complex judgments, and as 
such, could be the most subject to revision as new information becomes available.  

Page 19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

The allowance for loan losses represents management's estimate of probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires 
significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of 
current  economic trends and  conditions, all of which may  be susceptible  to significant  change.  The loan  portfolio also represents the  largest asset type on the consolidated  statements of condition.  Note 1  to the consolidated  financial 
statements describes the methodology used to determine the allowance for loan losses, and a discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the allowance for loan losses is included in this report.  

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability method.  Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial 
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases as well as net operating and capital loss carry forwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable 
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the 
enactment date.  To the extent that current available evidence about the future raises doubt about the likelihood of a deferred tax asset being realized, a valuation allowance is established.  The judgment about the level of future taxable 
income, including that which is considered capital, is inherently subjective and is reviewed on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change.  A valuation allowance of $458,000 was maintained at December 31, 2011, as 
management believes it may not generate sufficient capital gains to offset its capital loss carry forward.  The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate due primarily to non-taxable income from investment securities and 
bank owned life insurance.  

Pension and post-retirement benefit plan liabilities and expenses are based upon actuarial assumptions of future events, including fair value of plan assets, interest rates, rate of future  compensation increases and the length of time the 
Company will have to provide those benefits. The assumptions used by management are discussed in Note 12 to the consolidated annual financial statements.  

Management performs an annual evaluation of the Company’s goodwill for possible impairment. Based on the results of the 2011 evaluation, management has determined that the carrying value of goodwill is not impaired as of December 
31, 2011.  The evaluation approach is described in Note 9 of the consolidated financial statements.  

The Company carries all of its investments at fair value with any unrealized gains or losses reported net of tax as an adjustment to shareholders' equity, except for the credit-related portion of debt security impairment losses and other-than-
temporary impairment (“OTTI”) of equity securities, which are charged to earnings.  The Company's ability to fully realize the value of its investments in various securities, including corporate debt securities, is dependent on the underlying 
creditworthiness of the issuing organization.  In evaluating the debt security portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) if we intend to sell the security; (2) if it is  “more likely than not” we will be 
required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) if the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis.   In determining whether OTTI has occurred for equity 
securities, the Company considers the applicable factors described above and the length of time the equity security’s fair value has been below the carrying amount.  Management continually analyzes the portfolio to determine if further 
impairment has occurred that may be deemed as other-than-temporary.  Further charges are possible depending on future economic conditions.  

The estimation of fair value is significant to several of our assets, including investment securities available for sale, the interest rate derivative, intangible assets and foreclosed real estate, as well as the value of loan collateral when valuing 
loans. These are all recorded at either fair value or the lower of cost or fair value. Fair values are   determined based on third party sources, when available. Furthermore, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States require 
disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments as a part of the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Fair values may be influenced by a number of factors, including market interest rates, prepayment speeds, discount rates and 
the shape of yield curves.  

Page 20 

 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
Fair values for securities available for sale are obtained  from an independent  third party pricing service.  Where available, fair values are based  on quoted prices on a nationally recognized securities exchange.  If quoted prices are not 
available, fair values are measured using quoted market prices for similar benchmark securities.  Management made no adjustments to the fair value quotes that were provided by the pricing source.  The fair values of foreclosed real estate 
and the underlying collateral value of impaired loans are typically determined based on evaluations by third parties, less estimated costs to sell.  When necessary, appraisals are updated to reflect changes in market conditions.  

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

Earnings performance metrics for 2011 were generally less than those reported for 2010 as net income, return on assets and return on equity all decreased.  

Net income for 2011 was $2.3 million, a $182,000 decrease from 2010 and return on assets and return on equity were 0.55% and 6.75%, respectively, down 0.09% and 1.32% from 2010.  While net interest income increased in 2011, 
expenses relating to the  new Cicero  branch location,  professional fees in support of the payoff of the Company’s participation in the CPP  and its entrance into the SBLF,  and expenses  relating  to  the ESOP and stock  option  programs 
contributed to the higher expenses.  Offsets to these expense increases included gains from the sales of available-for-sale securities and a reduction in FDIC assessment expenses.  

Total assets increased $34.4 million to $443.0 million as total deposits grew $39.6 million primarily as a result of the opening of the new Cicero branch location.  The increase in assets was generally apportioned between the investment 
securities portfolio and loans as the latter grew 6.8% year over year, centered largely in the residential mortgage segment.  The Company will continue to emphasize its focus in the Cicero, Central Square, and Fulton markets where it feels 
further market  penetration opportunities  exist.  Additionally,  we  will  maintain  focus  on expanding commercial  deposit  relationships with  our existing  lending  customers as well as  expanding our  commercial loan  growth in  the  greater 
Syracuse market.  

Asset quality metrics were mixed in 2011 when compared with 2010.  Net charge-offs were $608,000, a $128,000 increase due largely to one large commercial relationship, but the ratio of nonperforming loans to period end loans and 
nonperforming assets to total assets both declined.  The ratio of allowance to loan losses to period end loans increased slightly to 1.31, as management continues to re-evaluate the estimable and probable losses within the loan portfolio and 
provide additional allowance related to growth.  

The Company improved its equity position in 2011 as it paid off the preferred stock related to its participation in the CPP and entered into an agreement with the Treasury to participate in the SBLF program.  These concurrent actions 
resulted in a $6.2 million increase in equity.  Retained earnings increased $455,000 through 2011 driven by net income and partially offset by preferred and common stock dividends, accretion of the preferred stock discount, and the sale of 
shares to the ESOP.  

Net Interest Income  

Net  interest  income  is  the  Company's  primary  source  of  operating  income  for  payment  of  operating  expenses  and  providing  for  possible  loan  losses.  It  is  the  amount  by  which  interest  earned  on  interest-earning  deposits,  loans  and 
investment  securities exceeds the  interest  paid  on  deposits and borrowed  money.  Changes  in  net  interest  income  and  the net  interest  margin  ratio  result  from  the  interaction  between the  volume  and  composition  of  earning  assets and 
interest-bearing liabilities, and their respective yields and funding costs.  

Page 21 

   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
Net interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased $969,000, or 7.2%, to $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The Company's net interest margin 
for 2011 increased to 3.76% from 3.73% in 2010.  The increase in net interest income is attributable to, nearly equally, a decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities and an increase in average balance of residential and commercial real 
estate loans.  

The average balance of interest-earning assets increased $22.9 million, or 6.3%, during 2011 and the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased by $16.3 million, or 5.0%.  The increase in the average balance of interest earning 
assets primarily resulted from a $20.0 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio and a $6.7 million increase in the average balance of the security investment portfolio.  This was funded by a $16.3 million increase in 
interest-bearing liabilities driven largely by an increase in money market deposit accounts. Interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, increased $501,000, or 2.7%, during 2011. The decrease in yield on interest earning assets to 4.88% in 
2011 from 5.05% in 2010 was more than offset by the 6.3% increase in volume.  Interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities decreased $468,000, or 9.7%, as the rates paid dropped 21 basis points to 1.26% in 2011 from 1.47% in 2010.  

Page 22 

 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

Average Balances and Rates  

The following table sets forth information concerning average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the yields and rates thereon. Interest income and resultant yield information in the table is on a fully tax-equivalent 
basis using marginal federal income tax rates of 34%. Averages are computed on the daily average balance for each month in the period divided by the number of days in the period. Yields and amounts earned include loan fees. Non-accrual 
loans have been included in interest-earning assets for purposes of these calculations.  

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

(Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:  

Real estate loans residential  
Real estate loans commercial  
Commercial loans  
Consumer loans  
Taxable investment securities  
Tax-exempt investment securities  
Interest-earning time deposit  
Interest-earning deposits  

Total interest-earning assets  

Noninterest-earning assets:  

Other assets  
Allowance for loan losses  
Net unrealized losses  
on available for sale securities  

Total assets  

Interest-bearing liabilities:  

NOW accounts  
Money management accounts  
MMDA accounts  
Savings and club accounts  
Time deposits  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Borrowings  

Total interest-bearing liabilities  

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:  

Demand deposits  
Other liabilities  

Total liabilities  
Shareholders' equity  

Total liabilities & shareholders' 

   $ 

equity  
Net interest income  
Net interest rate spread  
Net interest margin  
Ratio of average interest-earning assets     
to average interest-bearing liabilities     

   $ 

Average   
Balance   

153,735   
70,050   
38,533   
28,468   
79,236   
11,716   
176   
4,147   
386,061   

2011  

Interest   

8,029   
4,372   
1,904   
1,726   
2,231   
571   
2   
5   
18,840   

35,647   
(3,872 )    

1,293   
419,129   

30,274   
12,964   
64,352   
60,713   
139,299   
5,155   
31,255   
344,012   

35,971   
4,722   
384,705   
34,424   

419,129   

87   
43   
438   
78   
2,590   
163   
942   
4,341   

Average   
Yield /   
Cost   

5.22 %    $ 
6.24 %   
4.94 %   
6.06 %   
2.82 %   
4.87 %   
1.14 %   
0.12 %   
4.88 %   

   $ 

0.29 %    $ 
0.33 %   
0.68 %   
0.13 %   
1.86 %   
3.16 %   
3.01 %   
1.26 %   

For the Years Ended December 31,  
2010  

   $ 

Average   
Balance   

138,497   
65,120   
37,700   
29,506   
75,660   
8,587   
-  
8,140   
363,210   

Interest   

7,672   
4,044   
1,894   
1,774   
2,549   
399   
-  
7   
18,339   

Average   
Yield /   
Cost   

5.54 %    $ 
6.21 %   
5.02 %   
6.01 %   
3.37 %   
4.65 %   
0.00 %   
0.09 %   
5.05 %   

   $ 

Average   
Balance   

133,442   
58,424   
31,665   
28,487   
71,455   
1,464   
-  
7,511   
332,448   

2009  

Interest   

7,463   
4,024   
1,607   
1,767   
2,942   
65   
-  
6   
17,874   

32,087   
(3,420 )    

1,513   
393,390   

29,816   
12,101   
50,722   
57,810   
137,975   
5,155   
34,102   
327,681   

29,479   
5,173   
362,333   
31,057   

29,704   
(2,731 )    

(620 )    

   $ 

358,801   

79   
39   
336   
84   
2,871   
164   
1,235   
4,808   

0.26 %    $ 
0.32 %   
0.66 %   
0.15 %   
2.08 %   
3.18 %   
3.62 %   
1.47 %   

72   
35   
246   
87   
3,994   
149   
1,446   
6,029   

26,055   
11,037   
35,571   
53,726   
135,965   
5,155   
37,340   
304,849   

26,114   
4,888   
335,851   
22,950   

   $ 

393,390   

   $ 

358,801   

   $ 

14,500   

   $ 

13,531   

   $ 

11,845   

3.62 %   
3.76 %   

112.22 %   

3.58 %   
3.73 %   

110.84 %   

Average   
Yield /   
Cost   

5.59 % 
6.89 % 
5.08 % 
6.20 % 
4.12 % 
4.44 % 
0.00 % 
0.08 % 
5.38 % 

0.28 % 
0.32 % 
0.69 % 
0.16 % 
2.94 % 
2.89 % 
3.87 % 
1.98 % 

3.40 % 
3.56 % 

109.05 % 

Page 23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Interest Income  

Changes in interest income result from changes in the average balances of loans, securities and interest-earning deposits and the related yields on those balances.  Interest income on a tax-equivalent basis increased $501,000, or 2.7%.  

Average interest earning asset balances increased 6.3% in 2011, with yields decreasing 17 basis points to 4.88%.  The Company's average residential mortgage loan portfolio increased $15.2 million, or 11.0%, when comparing 2011 to 2010 
with the average yield on this portfolio decreasing 32 basis points to 5.22% in 2011 as higher rate amortizing mortgages were replaced with new originations reflecting current market rates.  The average balance of commercial real estate 
loans increased $4.9 million, or 7.6%, and the yield increased 3 basis points to 6.24% in 2011.  Average commercial loans modestly increased $833,000, or 2.2% while the yield decreased 8 basis points to 4.94% in 2011.  The average 
balance of consumer loans decreased $1.0 million, or 3.5%, while the average yield increased 5 basis points to 6.06%.  

Interest income on taxable investment securities decreased 12.5% from 2010 as the average yield decreased 55 basis points to 2.82% in 2011 from 3.37% in 2010, offset by an increase of $3.6 million or 4.7% in the average balance of 
taxable investment securities.  

Interest Expense  

Changes in interest expense result from changes in the average balances of deposits and borrowings and the related interest costs on those balances.  Interest expense decreased $468,000, or 9.7%%, in 2011, when compared to 2010.  The 
average rate paid on all interest-bearing deposits was 1.26% in 2011 as compared to 1.47% in 2010, a 21 basis point decrease.  Average balances for total interest-bearing liabilities increased by $16.3 million in 2011 when compared to 
2010, principally due to a $13.6 million increase in average money market deposit accounts (“MMDA”) stemming from the opening of the new Cicero branch location.  The average rates paid on all MMDA increased 2 basis points in 2011 
to 0.68%.  

The decrease  in the cost  of interest bearing liabilities resulted  from a decrease  of 61  basis points in the average cost of borrowings and a 22 basis point decrease  in  the average rates paid on time deposits.  Both of these decreases are 
attributable to the maturities of borrowings and time deposit products with higher rates being replaced by lower rates  on borrowings and time deposits reflecting current market conditions.  Savings and  club accounts recorded average 
balances of $60.7 million in 2011 reflecting a 5.0% increase over 2010.  Average rates paid on these accounts decreased 2 basis points to 0.13%.  

Page 24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

Rate/Volume Analysis  

Net interest income can also be analyzed in terms of the impact of changing interest rates on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the volume or amount of these assets and liabilities. The following table 
represents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. 
Information is provided in each category with respect to: (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and 
(iii) total increase or decrease.  Changes attributable to both rate and volume have been allocated ratably.  

(In thousands)  
Interest Income:  

Real estate loans residential  
Real estate loans commercial  
Commercial loans  
Consumer loans  
Taxable investment securities  
Tax-exempt investment securities  
Interest-earning time deposits  
Interest-earning deposits  
Total interest income  

Interest Expense:  
NOW accounts  
Money management accounts  
MMDA accounts  
Savings and club accounts  
Time deposits  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Borrowings  

Total interest expense  
Net change in net interest income  

Provision for Loan Losses  

2011 vs. 2010  
Increase/(Decrease) Due to  

Volume   

Rate      

Total  
Increase  
(Decrease)  

2010 vs. 2009  
Increase/(Decrease) Due to  

Volume   

Rate      

Total  
Increase  
(Decrease)  

Years Ended December 31,  

  $ 

  $ 

815   
308   
41   
(63 ) 
115   
152   
2   
(4 ) 
1,366   

1   
3   
92   
5   
27   
-  
(97 ) 
31   
1,335   

  $ 

  $ 

(458 ) 
20   
(31 ) 
15   
(433 ) 
20   
-  
2   
(865 ) 

7   
1   
10   
(11 ) 
(308 ) 
(1 ) 
(197 ) 
(499 ) 
(366 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

357   
328   
10   
(48 ) 
(318 ) 
172   
2   
(2 ) 
501   

8   
4   
102   
(6 ) 
(281 ) 
(1 ) 
(294 ) 
(468 ) 
969   

  $ 

  $ 

277   
438   
306   
62   
165   
331   
-  
1   
1,580   

12   
4   
101   
4   
58   
-  
(121 ) 
58   
1,522   

  $ 

  $ 

(68 ) 
(418 ) 
(19 ) 
(55 ) 
(558 ) 
3   
-  
2   
(1,113 ) 

(5 ) 
-  
(11 ) 
(7 ) 
(1,181 ) 
15   
(90 ) 
(1,279 ) 
166   

  $ 

  $ 

209   
20   
287   
7   
(393 ) 
334   
-  
3   
467   

7   
4   
90   
(3 ) 
(1,123 ) 
15   
(211 ) 
(1,221 ) 
1,688   

The provision for loan losses was $940,000 for the year ended 2011, a decrease of $110,000 or 10.5% from the prior year.  This provision exceeded the net charge-offs of $608,000 recorded in 2011 and resulted in the ratio of allowance to 
period end loans to increase to 1.31% at December 31, 2011 as compared to 1.28% at December 31, 2010.  The Company continued to provide for a greater level of provision for loan losses than net charge-offs in the current year to allow 
for the estimable and probable loan losses within the growing loan portfolio.  Management believes that the existing allowances provided on these loans are sufficient to cover anticipated losses.  

Page 25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
        
     
        
        
     
  
  
     
        
     
        
        
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
          
        
  
  
          
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

Noninterest Income  

The Company's noninterest income is primarily comprised of fees on deposit account balances and transactions, loan servicing, commissions and net gains or losses on securities, loans and foreclosed real estate.  

The following table sets forth certain information on noninterest income for the years indicated.  

(in thousands)  
Service charges on deposit accounts  
Earnings on bank owned life insurance  
Loan servicing fees  
Debit card interchange fees  
Other charges, commissions and fees  
Noninterest income before gains (losses)  
Net gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities  
Net losses on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate  
Total noninterest income  

Twelve Months Ended December 31,  

   $ 

   $ 

2011   
1,131       $ 
224         
196         
369         
531         
2,451         
791         
(50 )       
3,192       $ 

2010      
1,375       $ 
434         
206         
316         
523         
2,854         
211         
(45 )       
3,020       $ 

Change  

(244 ) 
(210 ) 
(10 ) 
53   
8   
(403 ) 
580   
(5 ) 
172   

-17.7 % 
-48.4 % 
-4.9 % 
16.8 % 
1.5 % 
-14.1 % 
274.9 % 
11.1 % 
5.7 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, noninterest income before gains (losses) decreased $403,000, or 14.1%, when compared with the year ended December 31, 2010.   The decrease was due primarily to a decrease in service charges on 
deposit accounts of $244,000 due to the reduction in extended overdraft fees and a $210,000 reduction on earnings on bank owned life insurance stemming from the recording of $155,000 in noninterest income during the fourth quarter of 
2010 from life insurance proceeds in connection with the death of a former director.  Debit card interchange fees increased $53,000 year over year due to usage.  Net gains on sales and redemptions of the investment securities portfolio 
increased $580,000 for 2011 over the prior year as the Company restructured a portion of its investment securities portfolio due to falling interest rates and a significant mismatch between the demand for, and available supply of, bank 
qualified fixed income products in the current marketplace.  

Noninterest Expense  

The following table sets forth certain information on noninterest expense for the years indicated.  

(In thousands)  
Salaries and employee benefits  
Building occupancy  
Data processing  
Professional and other services  
Advertising  
FDIC assessments  
Audits and exams  
Other expenses  
Total noninterest expenses  

Twelve Months Ended December 31,  

  $ 

  $ 

2011   
7,076   
1,395   
1,398   
681   
437   
390   
162   
1,609   
13,148   

  $ 

  $ 

2010      
6,126       $ 
1,281         
1,372         
563         
268         
515         
257         
1,407         
11,789       $ 

Change  

950   
114   
26   
118   
169   
(125 ) 
(95 ) 
202   
1,359   

15.5 % 
8.9 % 
1.9 % 
21.0 % 
63.1 % 
-24.3 % 
-37.0 % 
14.4 % 
11.5 % 

Noninterest expense for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2011 increased $1.4 million over the prior year principally due to the increase of $950,000 in personnel expenses due to staffing of the new Cicero branch location, the 
increased compensation costs  related to the ESOP  and stock option programs implemented in 2011, increased pension costs and annual  wage rate increases.  Additionally,  advertising expenses  increased  $169,000 largely related to the 
opening of our Cicero branch location.  Professional and other services increased $118,000 due to $56,000 in legal fees to support the implementation of the Company’s participation in the United States Treasury Small Business Lending 
Fund and the remaining increase to support the implementation of the ESOP, and activities related to the review of the Company’s retirement and compensation plans.  Other expenses increased $202,000 due to increases in community 
service donations, the debit card rewards program, and non-foreclosure collection expenses.  These increases were partially offset by a decrease in FDIC assessment expenses of $125,000, all between comparable twelve-month periods.  

Page 26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Income Tax Expense  

In 2011, the Company reported income tax expense of $1.044 million compared with $1.007 million in 2010.  The effective tax rate increased to 31.0% in 2011 compared to a tax rate of 28.7% in 2010 due to tax exempt income on the life 
insurance proceeds relating to the death benefit associated with coverage on a former director in 2010.  See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for the reconciliation of the statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate.  

Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings per share was $0.53 in 2011 as compared to $0.82 in 2010.  Diluted earnings per share was $0.52 in 2011 as compared to $0.82 in 2010.   These decreases in basic and diluted earnings per share were due principally to the 
accelerated accretion on preferred stock totaling $470,000 or $0.19 per basic and diluted share related to the Company’s participation in and exit from the CPP and, separately, the dividends on the preferred stock related to the Company’s 
participation in the SBLF.   Additionally, the $182,000 decrease in net income between 2010 and 2011 resulted in a decrease of $0.07 per basic and diluted share between these two periods.  

CHANGES IN FINANCIAL CONDITION  

Investment Securities  

The investment portfolio represents 24% of the Company’s average earning assets and is designed to generate a favorable rate of return consistent with safety of principal while assisting the Company in meeting its liquidity needs and 
interest rate risk strategies.  All of the Company’s investments are classified as available for sale.  The Company invests primarily in securities issued by United States Government agencies and sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed 
securities, state and municipal obligations, mutual funds, equity securities, investment grade corporate debt instruments, and common stock issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLBNY).  By investing in these types of 
assets, the Company reduces the credit risk of its asset base, but must accept lower yields than would typically be available on loan products.  Our mortgage backed securities portfolio is comprised predominantly of pass-through securities 
guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae and does not, to our knowledge, include any securities backed by sub-prime or other high-risk mortgages.  

At December 31, 2011, investment securities increased 17.7% to $100.4 million from $85.3 million at December 31, 2010.  There were no securities that exceeded 10% of consolidated shareholders’ equity.  See Note 4 to the consolidated 
financial statements for further discussion on securities.  

Page 27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Company's investment portfolio at December 31:  

(In Thousands)  
Investment Securities:  

US treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed  
Mutual funds  
Equity securities  

    Total investments in securities  

2011      

2010   

  $ 

5,073      $ 
20,304        
20,434        
51,575        
2,565        
444        
  $  100,395      $ 

20,023   
18,979   
5,600   
37,246   
3,024   
455   
85,327   

Page 28 

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
    
  
  
    
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

The following table sets forth the scheduled maturities, amortized cost, fair values and average yields for the Company's investment securities at December 31, 2011. Yield is calculated on the amortized cost to maturity and adjusted to a 
fully tax-equivalent basis.  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Total  

Mortgage-backed securities:  

Residential mortgage-backed  

Total  

Other non-maturity investments:  

Mutual funds  
Equity securities  
Total  

Total investment securities  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Total  

Mortgage-backed securities:  

Residential mortgage-backed  

Total  

Other non-maturity investments:  

Mutual funds  
Equity securities  
Total  

Total investment securities  

One Year or Less  

One to Five Years  

Five to Ten Years  

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized         

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized         

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized   
Weighted   
Avg Yield   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

1,002   
829   
2,534   
4,365   

75   
75   

2,374   
443   
2,817   
7,257   

0.44 % 
2.39 % 
3.75 % 
2.73 % 

  $ 

  $ 

4.47 % 
4.47 % 

  $ 
  $ 

3.12 % 
1.84 % 
2.63 % 
2.82 % 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

4,003   
2,102   
15,101   
21,206   

349   
349   

-        
-        
-        

21,555   

1.59 % 
2.54 % 
1.89 % 
1.90 % 

  $ 

  $ 

5.11 % 
5.11 % 

  $ 
  $ 

-  
-  
-  
1.95 % 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

20   
4,640   
1,200   
5,860   

15,674   
15,674   

-  
-  
-  
21,534   

More Than Ten Years  

Amortized   
Cost   

Annualized         

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

-  
11,937   
2,251   
14,188   

34,073   
34,073   

-  
-  
-  
48,261   

0.00 % 
3.43 % 
1.07 % 
3.05 % 

  $ 

  $ 

3.12 % 
3.12 % 

  $ 
  $ 

-  
-  
-  
3.10 % 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

5,025   
19,508   
21,086   
45,619   

50,171   
50,171   

2,374   
443   
2,817   
98,607   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

Total Investment 
Securities  

Fair   
Value   

5,073   
20,304   
20,434   
45,811   

51,575   
51,575   

2,565   
444   
3,009   
100,395   

3.38 % 
3.32 % 
1.97 % 
3.04 % 

2.48 % 
2.48 % 

0.00 % 
0.00 % 
0.00 % 
2.63 % 

Annualized   
Weighted   
Avg Yield   

1.36 % 
3.26 % 
2.03 % 
2.50 % 

2.94 % 
2.94 % 

3.12 % 
1.84 % 
2.93 % 
2.74 % 

The above noted yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss in consolidated shareholders’ equity.  

Page 29 

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
        
     
        
  
  
     
  
  
        
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
          
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Loans Receivable  

Loans receivable represent 75% of the Company’s average earning assets and account for the greatest portion of total interest income.  The Company emphasizes residential real estate financing and anticipates a continued commitment to 
financing  the  purchase  or  improvement  of  residential  real  estate  in  its  market  area.  The  Company  also  extends  credit  to  businesses  within  its  marketplace  secured  by  commercial  real  estate,  equipment,  inventories  and  accounts 
receivable.  It is anticipated that small business lending in the form of mortgages, term loans, leases, and lines of credit will provide the most opportunity for balance sheet and revenue growth over the near term.  Commercial and municipal 
loans comprise 13% of the total loan portfolio.  At December 31, 2011, 77% of the Company’s total loan portfolio consisted of loans secured by first mortgages on residential and commercial real estate.  

(In thousands)  
Residential real estate (1)  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial and municipal loans  
Home Equity and Junior liens  
Consumer loans  
  Total loans receivable  

  $ 

  $ 

2011   
162,395   
73,628   
40,336   
24,251   
4,140   
304,750   

  $ 

  $ 

2010   
147,722   
69,060   
39,833   
25,271   
3,410   
285,296   

  $ 

  $ 

December 31,  

2009   
135,102   
62,250   
35,447   
26,086   
3,580   
262,465   

  $ 

  $ 

2008   
136,218   
55,061   
30,685   
24,392   
3,516   
249,872   

  $ 

  $ 

2007   
126,666   
45,490   
25,288   
21,379   
3,926   
222,749   

(1) Includes loans held for sale. (None at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2008 and 2007.)  

The following table shows the amount of loans outstanding as of December 31, 2011 which, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, are due in the periods indicated.  Demand loans having no stated schedule of repayments 
and no stated maturity, and overdrafts are reported as one year or less.  Adjustable and floating rate loans are included in the period on which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust rather than the period in which they contractually 
mature, and fixed rate loans are included in the period in which the final contractual repayment is due.  

(In thousands)  
Real estate:  

Commercial real estate  
Residential real estate  

Other Commercial  
Home Equity and junior liens  
Consumer  
Total loans  

Interest rates:  
Fixed  
Variable  

Total loans  

Due Under   
One Year   

Due 1-5   
Years   

Due Over         
Five Years   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

5,547   
56   
5,603   
18,674   
79   
1,065   
25,421   

  $ 

  $ 

5,086   
20,335   
25,421   

  $ 

  $ 

4,117   
2,788   
6,905   
12,926   
863   
2,322   
23,016   

  $ 

  $ 

63,964   
159,551   
223,515   
8,736   
23,309   
753   
256,313   

  $ 

  $ 

13,933   
9,083   
23,016   

  $ 

  $ 

137,424   
118,889   
256,313   

  $ 

  $ 

Total   

73,628   
162,395   
236,023   
40,336   
24,251   
4,140   
304,750   

156,443   
148,307   
304,750   

Total loans receivable increased $19.5 million or 6.8% when compared to the prior year driven principally by a $14.7 million or 9.9% increase in residential real estate loans.  The Company does not originate sub-prime, Alt-A, negative 
amortizing or other higher risk structured residential mortgages. Commercial real estate loans increased $4.6 million or 6.6% in support of the Company’s strategy to balance its diversification among its product segments.  At December 31, 
2011, total loans receivable having a fixed interest rate represented 51.3% of the portfolio as compared to 48.4% at December 31, 2010.  As was evidenced in 2010, this shift to fixed interest rate products continued in 2011, given the 
historically lower fixed rates and the market’s appetite to lock in lower borrowing costs.  

Page 30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Commercial and municipal loans increased $503,000 or 1.3% over the prior year to $40.3 million at December 31, 2011 as new originations modestly outpaced amortization on the existing portfolio.  The Company continues to seek to 
expand its loan outstandings within this portfolio but the prolonged challenging economic environment allowed a smaller number of lending opportunities to qualified borrowers.  

Consumer loans, which include second mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, direct installment and revolving credit loans, decreased 1.0% to $28.4 million at December 31, 2011.  The decrease resulted from a decrease in home 
equity lines of credit as a result of the current market and economic conditions.  

Non-performing Loans and Assets  

The following table represents information concerning the aggregate amount of non-performing assets:  

(In thousands)  
Nonaccrual loans:  

Commercial real estate and commercial  
Consumer  
Residential real estate  

Total nonaccrual loans  

Total non-performing loans  
Foreclosed real estate  

Total non-performing assets  
Non-performing loans to total loans  
Non-performing assets to total assets  
Interest income that would have been recorded  
under the original terms of the loans  

2011   

2010   

2009   

2008   

December 31,  

  $ 

2,594   
706   
1,428   
4,728   
4,728   
536   
5,264   
  $ 
1.55 %      
1.19 %      

  $ 

4,224   
365   
1,335   
5,924   
5,924   
375   
6,299   
  $ 
2.08 %      
1.54 %      

  $ 

1,021   
111   
1,181   
2,313   
2,313   
181   
2,494   
  $ 
0.88 %      
0.67 %      

  $ 

1,455   
254   
614   
2,323   
2,323   
335   
2,658   
  $ 
0.93 %      
0.75 %      

2007   

521   
150   
920   
1,591   
1,591   
865   
2,456   
0.71 % 
0.77 % 

280   

  $ 

260   

  $ 

113   

  $ 

131   

  $ 

71   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Total non-performing loans decreased approximately $1.2 million at December 31, 2011, when compared to December 31, 2010.  The decrease in non-performing loans was primarily the result of three large commercial relationships, each 
of  which  either  returned  to  accrual  status,  recorded  a  partial  pay  down,  or  completely  paid  off  during  2011.  As  a  result  of  these  events,  the  ratio  of  non-performing  loans  to  total  loans  declined  from  2.08%  in  2010  to  1.55%  in 
2011.  Foreclosed  real  estate  increased  $161,000  from  December  31,  2010  to  December  31,  2011  as  the  net  addition  of  7  properties  to  foreclosed  real  estate  to  a  total  of  11  properties  at  December  31,  2011  reflected  the  increasingly 
challenging economic environment over the last several years.  Included in the foreclosed real estate balances at year end 2011 is a former Bank branch of the Company with a carrying value of $113,000.  Not included in non-performing 
assets is a repossessed boat recorded within other assets with a carrying value of $258,000.  Management continues to monitor and react to national and local economic trends as well as general portfolio conditions, which may impact the 
quality of the portfolio.   Nonaccrual loans that meet the criteria of an impaired loan are specifically evaluated for impairment based on the underlying collateral support for the loan or the present value of future cash flows, and an allowance 
is provided, if necessary, which is included within the allowance for loan losses.  

Appraisals are obtained at the time a real estate secured loan is originated.  Collateral is reevaluated should the loan become 45 days delinquent to best determine the bank’s level of exposure.  When a loan enters nonaccrual status, the bank 
evaluates its collateral position and, if appropriate, a new appraisal is performed.  When evaluating our ability to collect from secondary sources, appraised values are adjusted to reflect the age of appraisal, the condition of the property, the 
current local real estate market, and cost to sell.  Properties are re-appraised when our evaluation of the current property condition and the local real estate market suggests values may not be accurate.  

Page 31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
Table of Contents 
The Company generally places a loan on non-accrual status and ceases accruing interest when loan payment performance is deemed unsatisfactory and the loan is past due 90 days or more or when it is probably that the Company will be 
unable to collect all contractual principal and interest payments.  There are no loans that are past due 90 or more and are still accruing interest.  

Management has  identified potential  problem loans totaling $8.0 million  as of December 31,  2011, compared  to $7.0 million in potential problem loans as of December 31, 2010.  These loans have been internally classified as  special 
mention or substandard, yet are not currently considered impaired or in non-accrual status.  Management has identified potential credit problems which may result in the borrowers not being able to comply with the current loan repayment 
terms and  which  may  result in  it being  included  in future  past  due  reporting.  Management  believes  that  the current  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  adequate to  cover probable  credit losses  in  the  current  loan  portfolio.  As  a result  of the 
provision  for  loan  losses  exceeding  the  net  charge-offs  for  2011  in  addition  to  allowing  for  the  loan growth  through  the  year,  the  ratio  of  allowance  to  loan  and  lease  losses  to  period-end  loans  at  December  31,  2011  as  compared  to 
December 31, 2010 was 1.31% and 1.28%, respectively, representing an increase of 3 basis points.  

In the normal course of business, Pathfinder Bank has sold residential mortgage loans and participation interests in commercial loans. As is typical in the industry, the Bank makes certain representations and warranties to the buyer. The 
Bank  maintains  a  quality  control  program  for  closed  loans  and  has  never  been  asked  to  repurchase  a  sold  loan.  Therefore,  management  considers  the  risks  and  uncertainties  associated  with  potential  repurchase  requirements  to  be 
minimal.  There are no known or alleged defects in the securitization process or in the mortgage documentation.  Any future risk of exposure would be immaterial.  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to expense in the form of a provision for loan losses and reduced by loan charge-offs net of recoveries.  The allowance for loan losses represents the amount available for probable 
credit losses in the Company’s loan portfolio as estimated by management.  The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses based upon a monthly evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, which includes a review 
of the balances and composition of the loan portfolio as well as analyzing the level of delinquencies in each segment of the loan portfolio.  

The Company establishes a specific allocation for all loans identified as being impaired with a balance in excess of $100,000 which are on nonaccrual or have been risk rated under the Company’s risk rating system as substandard, doubtful, 
or loss. The measurement of impaired loans is generally based upon the present value of future cash flows discounted at the historical effective interest rate, except that all collateral-dependent loans are measured for impairment based on 
the  fair  value  of  the  collateral,  less  costs  to  sell.  The  majority  of  the  Company’s  impaired  loans  are  collateral-dependent.  The  Company  uses  the  fair  value  of  collateral  less  costs  to  sell  to  measure  impairment  on  commercial  and 
commercial real estate loans.  Large residential real estate loans may also be included in this individual loan review. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $4.3 million and $7.0 million in loans, which were identified as 
impaired, having valuation allowances of $619,000 and $1.1 million, respectively.  For all other loans and leases, the Company uses the general allocation methodology that establishes an allowance to estimate the probable incurred loss for 
each risk-rating category that reflects actual loss experience, delinquency trends, current economic conditions, and several other environmental factors.  

The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $4.0 million and $3.6 million, or 1.31% and 1.28% of total period end loans, respectively.  Net loan charge-offs were $608,000 during 2011, as compared to $480,000 in 
2010.  The majority of the increase in current year charge-off activity is the result of an increase in net charge-offs of 1-4 family residential with the remaining net charge-off activity higher than historical levels and reflective of the recent 
challenging economic environment.  

Page 32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
The following table sets forth the allocation of allowance for loan losses by loan category for the periods indicated.  The allocation of the allowance by category is not necessarily indicative of future losses and does not restrict the use of the 
allowance to absorb losses in any category.  

2011  

2010  

2009  

2008  

2007  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Residential real estate  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial and municipal  
Home equity and junior liens  
Consumer loans  
Unallocated  
Total  

   Allocation   
of the   
   Allowance   
664   
  $ 
1,346   
1,114   
501   
162   
193         

Percent of   
Loans to   
   Total Loans   

   Allocation   
of the   
   Allowance   
750   
  $ 
1,204   
1,083   
424   
89   
98         

53.2 % 
24.2 % 
13.2 % 
8.0 % 
1.4 % 

Percent of   
Loans to   
   Total Loans   

   Allocation   
of the   
   Allowance   
763   
  $ 
1,009   
864   
390   
76   
(24 )       

51.7 % 
24.2 % 
14.0 % 
8.9 % 
1.2 % 

Percent of   
Loans to   
   Total Loans   

   Allocation   
of the   
   Allowance   
679   
  $ 
907   
505   
333   
48   

Percent of   
Loans to   
   Total Loans   

54.5 % 
22.0 % 
12.3 % 
9.8 % 
1.4 % 

   Allocation   
of the   
   Allowance   
464   
  $ 
614   
342   
239   
44   

Percent of   
Loans to   
   Total Loans   

56.8 % 
20.4 % 
11.4 % 
9.6 % 
1.8 % 

-        

-        

51.5 % 
23.7 % 
13.5 % 
9.9 % 
1.4 % 

  $ 

3,980   

100.0 % 

  $ 

3,648   

100.0 % 

  $ 

3,078   

100.0 % 

  $ 

2,472   

100.0 % 

  $ 

1,703   

100.0 % 

The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated and related ratios.  

(In thousands)  
Balance at beginning of year  
Provisions charged to operating expenses  
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:  

Commercial real estate and loans  
Consumer  
Residential real estate  
Total recoveries  

Loans charged off:  

Commercial real estate and loans  
Consumer  
Residential real estate  
Total charged-off  

Net charge-offs  
Balance at end of year  
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding  
Allowance for loan losses to year-end loans  

Deposits  

   $ 

   $ 

2011   
3,648       $ 
940         

1         
49         
49         
99         

(304 )       
(166 )       
(237 )       
(707 )       
(608 )       
3,980       $ 
0.21 % 
1.31 % 

2010   
3,078       $ 
1,050         

55         
36         
19         
110         

(385 )       
(157 )       
(48 )       
(590 )       
(480 )       
3,648       $ 
0.18 % 
1.28 % 

2009   
2,472       $ 
876         

-        
20         
3         
23         

(74 )       
(134 )       
(85 )       
(293 )       
(270 )       
3,078       $ 
0.11 % 
1.17 % 

2008   
1,703       $ 
820         

17         
30         
-        
47         

(46 )       
(52 )       
-        
(98 )       
(51 )       
2,472       $ 
0.02 % 
0.99 % 

2007   
1,496   
365   

-  
27   
23   
50   

(85 ) 
(77 ) 
(46 ) 
(208 ) 
(158 ) 
1,703   
0.08 % 
0.76 % 

The Company’s deposit base is drawn from eight full-service offices in its market area, including an eighth office opened in Cicero, New York on February 1, 2011.  The deposit base consists of demand deposits, money management and 
money market deposit accounts, savings and time deposits. During 2011, 59% of the Company's average deposit base of $343.7 million consisted of core deposits.  Core deposits, which exclude time deposits, are considered to be more 
stable and provide the Company with a lower cost source of funds than time deposits.  The Company will continue to emphasize retail core deposits by maintaining its network of full service offices and providing depositors with a full 
range of deposit product offerings.  In addition, Pathfinder Commercial Bank, our commercial bank subsidiary, seeks business growth by focusing on its local identification and service excellence.  

Page 33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
          
          
          
    
     
     
     
     
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
     
     
     
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Average deposits increased $25.7 million, or 8.1%, when compared to 2010.  The increase in average deposits primarily related to a $7.1 million increase in the average balance of municipal deposits and a $22.3 million increase in retail 
deposits, the latter due largely to the success of the Company’s new Cicero branch location.  

At December 31, 2011, time deposits in excess of $100,000 totaled $69.6 million, or 45%, of time deposits and 19% of total deposits.  At December 31, 2010, these deposits totaled $57.4 million, or 40% of time deposits and 18% of total 
deposits.  

The following table indicates the amount of the Company’s certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2011:  

(In thousands)  
Remaining Maturity:  
Three months or less  
Three through six months  
Six through twelve months  
Over twelve months  
    Total  

Borrowings  

  $ 

  $ 

30,503   
5,203   
8,987   
24,865   
69,558   

Short-term borrowings are comprised primarily of advances and overnight borrowing at the FHLBNY.  At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 there were $0 and $13.0 million, respectively, in short-term borrowings outstanding.  

The following table represents information regarding short-term borrowings during 2011, 2010 and 2009:  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Maximum outstanding at any month end  
Average amount outstanding during the year  
Average interest rate during the year  

  $ 

2011      
11,106      $ 
5,371        
0.50 %     

2010      
13,000      $ 
745        
0.47 %     

2009   
1,400   
1,724   
1.84 % 

Long-term borrowed funds consist of advances and repurchase agreements from the FHLBNY and Citi Group and junior subordinated debentures.  Long-term borrowed funds and junior subordinated debentures totaled $31.2 million at 
December 31, 2011 as compared to $33.2 million at December 31, 2010.  

Capital  

Shareholders' equity at December 31, 2011, was $37.8 million as compared to $30.6 million at December 31, 2010.  The Company added $2.3 million to retained earnings through net income, offset by a $725,000 increase in accumulated 
other comprehensive loss to $2.7 million from $1.9 million at December 31, 2010, the latter driven largely by the year end adjustment to the actuarial loss in the pension plan, net of tax expense.  In addition, the Company’s election to exit 
from  participation  in  the  Treasury’s  CPP  program  and  participate  in  the  Treasury’s  SBLF  program  caused  a  net  increase  in  capital  of  $6.2  million.  Common  stock  dividends  declared  reduced  capital  by  $299,000  and  preferred  stock 
dividends paid to the Treasury, under the terms of the CPP and SBLF agreements, reduced capital by $457,000.  The Company’s sale of 125,000 shares of treasury stock to the ESOP in the third quarter of 2011 did not have a net impact on 
shareholders’ equity.  

Risk-based capital provides the basis for which all banks are evaluated in terms of capital adequacy.  Capital adequacy is evaluated primarily by the use of ratios which measure capital against total assets, as well as against total assets that 
are weighted based on defined risk characteristics.  The Company’s goal is to maintain a strong capital position, consistent with the risk profile of its subsidiary banks that supports growth and expansion activities while at the same time 
exceeding regulatory standards.  At December 31, 2011, the Bank exceeded all regulatory required minimum capital ratios and met the regulatory definition of a “well-capitalized” institution, i.e. a leverage capital ratio exceeding 5%, a Tier 
1 risk-based capital ratio exceeding 6% and a total risk-based capital ratio exceeding 10%.  As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company’s ability to raise new capital through the use of trust preferred securities may be limited because 
these  securities  will  no  longer be  included  in  Tier  1 capital.  In  addition,  our  ability  to generate or  originate  additional  revenue  producing assets  may  be constrained  in the  future in  order  to  comply with  anticipated  heightened capital 
standards required by state and federal regulation. See note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion on regulatory capital requirements.  

Page 34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
    
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
LIQUIDITY  

Liquidity management involves the Company’s ability to generate cash or otherwise obtain funds at reasonable rates to support asset growth, meet deposit withdrawals, maintain reserve requirements, and otherwise operate the Company on 
an ongoing basis.  The Company's primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowed funds, amortization and prepayment of loans and maturities of investment securities and other short-term investments, and earnings and funds provided 
from operations.  While scheduled principal repayments on loans are a relatively predictable source of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.  The 
Company manages the pricing of deposits to maintain a desired deposit balance.  In addition, the Company invests excess funds in short-term interest-earning and other assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements.  

The Company's liquidity has been enhanced by its membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, whose competitive advance programs and lines of credit provide the Company with a safe, reliable and convenient source of 
funds.  A significant decrease in deposits in the future could result in the Company having to seek other sources of funds for liquidity purposes.  Such sources could include, but are not limited to, additional borrowings, brokered deposits, 
negotiated time deposits, the sale of "available-for-sale" investment securities, the sale of securitized loans, or the sale of whole loans.  Such actions could result in higher interest expense costs and/or losses on the sale of securities or loans.  

The Company has a number of existing credit facilities available to it.  Total credit available under the existing lines is approximately $96.8 million.  At December 31, 2011, the Company had $25.0 million outstanding under existing credit 
facilities with $71.8 million available.  

The Asset Liability Management Committee of the Company is responsible for implementing the policies and guidelines for the maintenance of prudent levels of liquidity.  As of December 31, 2011, management reported to the Board of 
Directors that the Company is in compliance with its liquidity policy guidelines.  

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS  

The Company is also a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby 
letters of credit.  At December 31, 2011, the Company had $27.1 million in outstanding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  See Note 17 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  

ITEM 7A: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

Not required of a smaller reporting company.  

Page 35 

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements  
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Statements of Condition – December 31, 2011 and 2010  
Consolidated Statements of Income – Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity – Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow – Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Page 36 

Page    
37   
38   
40   
41   
42   
43   
45   

   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
Table of Contents 

MANAGEMEN T’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  policies  or  procedures  may  deteriorate.  The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  under  the  supervision  of  the 
Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes 
in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.  

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its evaluation under that framework, management 
concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011. In addition, based on our assessment, management has determined that there were no material weaknesses in the Company’s 
internal controls over financial reporting.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the rules of the Dodd-Frank Act that exempts the 
Company from such attestation and requires only management’s report.  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  

Thomas W. Schneider  
President & Chief Executive Officer  

Oswego, New York  
March 28, 2012  

/s/ James A. Dowd  

   James A. Dowd  
   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

Page 37 

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
     
     
     
   
   
     
  
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
Table of Contents 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of  
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Oswego, New York  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of condition of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’
equity and cash flows for the year then ended. Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on 
our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal 
control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and the results of their operations and 
their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  

Syracuse, New York  
March 28, 2012  

/s/ BONADIO & CO., LLP  

Page 38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders  
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Oswego, New York  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of condition of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ 
equity and cash flows for the year then ended. Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on 
our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal 
control over financial reporting as basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010, and the consolidated 
results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  

                                                                                                   /s/ParenteBeard LLC  

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania  
March 24, 2011  

Page 39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSO LIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION  

Table of Contents 

(In thousands, except share data)  
ASSETS:  

Cash and due from banks  
Interest earning deposits  

Total cash and cash equivalents  

Interest earning time deposits  
Investment securities, at fair value  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost  
Loans  
Less: Allowance for loan losses  

Loans receivable, net  

Premises and equipment, net  
Accrued interest receivable  
Foreclosed real estate  
Goodwill  
Bank owned life insurance  
Other assets  

Total assets  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:  

Deposits:  

Interest-bearing  
Noninterest-bearing  
Total deposits  
Short-term borrowings  
Long-term borrowings  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Accrued interest payable  
Other liabilities  

Total liabilities  

Shareholders' equity:  
Preferred stock - CPP, par value $0.01 per share; $1,000 liquidation preference;  

1,000,000 shares authorized; 0 and 6,771 shares issued and outstanding, respectively  

Preferred stock - SBLF, par value $0.01 per share; $1,000 liquidation preference;  

13,000 shares authorized; 13,000 and 0 shares issued and outstanding, respectively  

Common stock, par value $0.01; authorized 10,000,000 shares;  

2,979,969 and 2,972,119 shares issued and 2,617,682 and 2,484,832 shares outstanding, respectively  

Additional paid in capital  
Retained earnings  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  
Unearned ESOP  
Treasury stock, at cost; 362,287 and 487,287 shares, respectively  

Total shareholders' equity  
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

Page 40 

   December 31,   
2011   

   December 31,   
2010   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

7,093   
3,125   
10,218   
2,000   
100,395   
1,528   
304,750   
3,980   
300,770   
10,697   
1,685   
536   
3,840   
7,939   
3,372   
442,980   

328,976   
37,153   
366,129   
-  
26,074   
5,155   
145   
7,636   
405,139   

-  

13,000   

30   
8,730   
24,618   
(2,664 ) 
(1,039 ) 
(4,834 ) 
37,841   
442,980   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

6,366   
7,397   
13,763   
-  
85,327   
2,134   
285,296   
3,648   
281,648   
9,432   
1,709   
375   
3,840   
6,915   
3,402   
408,545   

295,786   
30,716   
326,502   
13,000   
28,000   
5,155   
148   
5,148   
377,953   

6,225   

-  

30   
8,615   
24,163   
(1,939 ) 
-  
(6,502 ) 
30,592   
408,545   

   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONS OLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  

(In thousands, except per share data)  
Interest and dividend income:  
Loans, including fees  
Debt securities:  
Taxable  
Tax-exempt  

Dividends  
Interest earning time deposits  
Federal funds sold and interest earning deposits  
       Total interest income  
Interest expense:  
Interest on deposits  
Interest on short-term borrowings  
Interest on long-term borrowings  
       Total interest expense  
          Net interest income  
Provision for loan losses  
          Net interest income after provision for loan losses  
Noninterest income:  
Service charges on deposit accounts  
Earnings on bank owned life insurance  
Loan servicing fees  
Net gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities  
Net (losses) on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate  
Debit card interchange fees  
Other charges, commissions & fees  
          Total noninterest income  
Noninterest expense:  
Salaries and employee benefits  
Building occupancy  
Data processing  
Professional and other services  
Advertising  
FDIC assessments  
Audits and exams  
Other expenses  
          Total noninterest expenses  
Income before income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  
Net income  
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion  
Net income available to common shareholders  

Earnings per common share - basic  
Earnings per common share - diluted  
Dividends per common share  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

Years Ended  

December 31, 
2011   

December 31, 
2010   

  $ 

15,988   

  $ 

15,319   

2,080   
378   
152   
2   
4   
18,604   

3,236   
27   
1,078   
4,341   
14,263   
940   
13,323   

1,131   
224   
196   
791   
(50 ) 
369   
531   
3,192   

7,076   
1,395   
1,398   
681   
437   
390   
162   
1,609   
13,148   
3,367   
1,044   
2,323   
1,003   
1,320   

0.53   
0.52   
0.12   

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2,329   
264   
220   
-  
7   
18,139   

3,409   
4   
1,395   
4,808   
13,331   
1,050   
12,281   

1,375   
434   
206   
211   
(45 ) 
316   
523   
3,020   

6,126   
1,281   
1,372   
563   
268   
515   
257   
1,407   
11,789   
3,512   
1,007   
2,505   
462   
2,043   

0.82   
0.82   
0.12   

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Page 41 

 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
        
  
   
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
   
     
          
    
        
    
  
Table of Contents 

 (In thousands, except share data)  
 Balance, January 1, 2011  
 Comprehensive income:  
 Net income  
 Other comprehensive income (loss), net of 

tax:  

 Unrealized holding gains on securities  
 available for sale (net of $607 tax 

expense)  

 Unrealized holding loss on financial  
 derivative (net of $36 tax benefit)  

 Retirement plan net losses  

  not recognized in plan expenses  
 (net of $1,053 tax benefit)  

 Total comprehensive income  

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONS OLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY  
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND DECEMBER 31, 2010  

Preferred   
Stock   
6,225   

  $ 

Common   
Stock   
30   

  $ 

  $ 

Additional         
Paid in   
Capital   
8,615   

  $ 

Accumulated         
Other Com-        

prehensive   
Loss   
(1,939 ) 

  $ 

Retained   
Earnings   
24,163   

  $ 

2,323         

Unearned   
ESOP   
-  

  $ 

Treasury         
Stock   
(6,502 ) 

  $ 

Total   
30,592   

2,323   

908   

(54 ) 

(1,579 ) 
1,598   
13,000   
(6,771 ) 
-  
(457 ) 
-  
65   
47   
66   

(299 ) 
37,841   

908         

(54 )       

(1,579 )       

(546 )       
(457 )       
(566 )       

(299 ) 
24,618   

  $ 

(1,102 ) 

63         

1,668   

(2,664 ) 

  $ 

(1,039 ) 

  $ 

(4,834 ) 

  $ 

 Sale of preferred stock - SBLF  
 Redemption of CPP Preferred stock  
 Preferred stock discount accretion  
 Preferred stock dividends - CPP and SBLF        
 Sale of treasury stock to ESOP  
 ESOP shares earned (7,105 shares)  
 Stock based compensation  
 Stock options exercised  
 Common stock dividends declared ($0.12 

13,000         
(6,771 )       
546         

2         
47         
66         

13,000   

  $ 

30   

  $ 

8,730   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

per share)  
 Balance, December 31, 2011  

 Balance, January 1, 2010  
 Comprehensive income:  
 Net income  
 Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:  

 Unrealized holding losses on securities  

 available for sale (net of $56 tax 

benefit)  

 Unrealized holding loss on financial  
 derivative (net of $44 tax benefit)  

 Retirement plan net losses not  
 recognized in plan expenses  
 (net of $242 tax benefit)  

 Total comprehensive income  

 Preferred stock discount accretion  
 Preferred stock dividends - CPP  
 Common stock dividends declared ($0.12 

per share)  
 Balance, December 31, 2010  

6,101   

  $ 

30   

  $ 

8,615   

  $ 

22,419   

  $ 

(1,425 ) 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

(6,502 ) 

  $ 

29,238   

2,505         

(124 )       
(339 )       

(298 ) 
24,163   

  $ 

(85 )       

(66 )       

(363 )       

(1,939 ) 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

(6,502 ) 

  $ 

2,505   

(85 ) 

(66 ) 

(363 ) 
1,991   
-  
(339 ) 

(298 ) 
30,592   

124         

  $ 

6,225   

  $ 

30   

  $ 

8,615   

  $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

Page 42 

 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
  
        
        
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
          
    
    
          
          
          
    
    
    
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
          
          
    
    
     
          
    
    
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
          
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
     
          
          
    
    
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSO LIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

Years Ended December 31,  

(In thousands)  
OPERATING ACTIVITIES  
Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:  

Provision for loan losses  
Deferred income tax expense  
Proceeds from sales of loans  
Originations of loans held-for-sale  
Realized losses (gains) on sales and redemptions of:  

Real estate acquired through foreclosure  
Loans  
Premises and equipment  
Available-for-sale investment securities  

Depreciation  
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights  
Amortization of deferred loan costs  
Earnings on bank owned life insurance  
Realized gain on proceeds from bank owned life insurance  
Net amortization of premiums and discounts on investment securities  
Stock based compensation and ESOP expense  
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable  
Net change in other assets and liabilities  

Net cash provided by operating activities  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES  
Purchase of interest earning time deposits  
Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale  
Net proceeds from the redemption of (purchases of ) of Federal Home Loan Bank stock  
Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of  

investment securities available-for-sale  

Proceeds from sales and redemptions of:  

Available-for-sale investment securities  
Real estate acquired through foreclosure  
Premises and equipment  
Purchase of bank owned life insurance  
Proceeds from bank owned life insurance  
Net increase in loans  
Purchase of premises and equipment  

Net cash used in investing activities  

FINANCING ACTIVITIES  
Net increase in demand deposits, NOW accounts, savings accounts,  

money management deposit accounts, MMDA accounts and escrow deposits  

Net decrease in time deposits  
Net repayments of short-term borrowings  
Payments on long-term borrowings  

2011   

  $ 

2,323   

  $ 

940   
1,193   
-  
-  

50   
-  
-  
(791 ) 
723   
27   
160   
(224 ) 
-  
614   
112   
24   
(1,141 ) 
4,010   

(2,000 ) 
(60,641 ) 
606   

32,172   

15,091   
750   
5   
(800 ) 
-  
(20,985 ) 
(1,993 ) 
(37,795 ) 

42,410   
(2,783 ) 
(13,000 ) 
(6,000 ) 

2010   

2,505   

1,050   
263   
264   
(256 ) 

53   
(8 ) 
1   
(211 ) 
644   
28   
230   
(279 ) 
(155 ) 
319   
-  
(227 ) 
163   
4,384   

-  
(60,459 ) 
(235 ) 

37,431   

10,206   
210   
24   
-  
474   
(24,001 ) 
(2,928 ) 
(39,278 ) 

36,753   
(7,090 ) 
13,000   
(12,000 ) 

Page 43 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
  
     
          
    
  
Table of Contents 

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

(In thousands)  
Proceeds from long-term borrowings  
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock – SBLF  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  
Redemption of preferred stock – CPP  
Cash dividends paid to preferred shareholder – CPP and SBLF  
Cash dividends paid to common shareholders  

Net cash provided by financing activities  

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period  
CASH PAID DURING THE PERIOD FOR:  

Interest  
Income taxes  

NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITY  

Transfer of loans to foreclosed real estate  
Transfer of loans to repossessed assets  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

Page 44 

Years Ended December 31,  

2011   
4,074   
13,000   
66   
(6,771 ) 
(457 ) 
(299 ) 
30,240   
(3,545 ) 
13,763   
10,218   

4,344   
1,507   

1,083   
258   

  $ 

  $ 

2010   
4,000   
-  
-  
-  
(339 ) 
(298 ) 
34,026   
(868 ) 
14,631   
13,763   

4,845   
403   

460   
-  

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
   
     
        
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
  
Table of Contents 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Nature of Operations  

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Pathfinder  Bank  (the  “Bank”).  The  Bank  has  three  wholly  owned  operating 
subsidiaries,  Pathfinder  Commercial  Bank,  Whispering  Oaks  Development  Corp.  and  Pathfinder  REIT,  Inc.  All  inter-company  accounts  and  activity  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.  The  Company  has  seven  offices  located  in 
Oswego County and a new branch, which opened for business on February 1, 2011 in northern Onondaga County.  The Company is primarily engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public in the Company’s market 
area, and investing such deposits, together with other sources of funds, in loans secured by one-to-four family residential real estate, commercial real estate, business assets and in investment securities.  

Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C., (the “Holding Company”) a mutual holding company whose activity is not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, owns approximately 60.5% of the outstanding common stock of the 
Company.  

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements  

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those 
estimates.  Management has identified the allowance for loan losses, deferred income taxes, pension obligations, the evaluation of goodwill for impairment and the evaluation of investment securities for other than temporary impairment to 
be the accounting areas that require the most subjective and complex judgments, and as such, could be the most subject to revision as new information becomes available.  

The Company is subject to the regulations of various governmental agencies.  The Company also undergoes periodic examinations by the regulatory agencies which may subject it to further changes with respect to asset valuations, amounts 
of required loss allowances, and operating restrictions resulting from the regulators' judgments based on information available to them at the time of their examinations.  

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk  

Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located primarily in Oswego and parts of Onondaga counties of New York State.  Note 4 discusses the types of securities that the Company invests in.  Note 5 discusses the types of 
lending that the Company engages in.  The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer.  

Advertising  

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits (with original maturity of three months or less).  

Page 45 

 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
Investment Securities  

The Company classifies investment securities as available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value, with net unrealized gains and losses reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of the applicable 
income tax effect. None of the Company’s investment securities have been classified as trading or held-to-maturity.  

Gains or losses on investment security transactions are based on the amortized cost of the specific securities sold.  Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized and accreted into income using the interest method over the period to 
maturity.  

Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements includes additional information about the Company’s accounting policies with respect to the impairment of investment securities.  

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock  

Federal law requires a member institution of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system to hold stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined formula.  The stock is carried at cost.  

Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale  

Mortgage loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.  Fair value is determined in the aggregate.  There were no loans held-for-sale or forward commitments outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.  

Transfers of Financial Assets  

Transfers of financial assets, including sales of loans and loan participations, are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have 
been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective 
control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.  

Loans  

The Company grants mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers.  Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal 
balances,  less  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  plus  net  deferred  loan  origination  costs.  The  ability  of  the  Company’s  debtors  to  honor  their  contracts  is  dependent  upon  the  real  estate and  general  economic  conditions  in  the  market 
area.  Interest income is generally recognized when income is earned using the interest method. Nonrefundable loan fees received and related direct origination costs incurred are deferred and amortized over the life of the loan using the 
interest method, resulting in a constant effective yield over the loan term. Deferred fees are recognized into income and deferred costs are charged to income immediately upon prepayment of the related loan.  

The loans receivable portfolio is segmented into residential mortgage, commercial and consumer loans.  The residential mortgage segment consists of one-to-four family first-lien residential mortgages and construction loans.  Commercial 
loans consist of the following classes: real estate, other commercial and industrial, lines of credit and municipal loans.  Consumer loans include both home equity lines of credit and loans with junior liens and other consumer loans.  

Page 46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
Allowance for Loan Losses  

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the date of the statement of condition and it is recorded as a reduction of loans.  The allowance is increased by the provision for 
loan losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries.  Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.  All, or part, of the principal 
balance of loans receivable are charged off to the allowance as soon as it is determined that the repayment of all, or part, of the principal balance is highly unlikely.  Non-residential consumer loans are generally charged off no later than 120 
days past due  on a contractual basis,  unless productive collection efforts are providing results.  Consumer loans may be  charged off  earlier  in the event  of  bankruptcy, or if there is  an amount that  is deemed uncollectible.  Because  all 
identified losses are immediately charged off, no portion of the allowance for loan losses is restricted to any individual loan and the entire allowance is available to absorb any and all loan losses.  

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated.  Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance.  The allowance is based on 
the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, 
current economic conditions and other relevant factors.  This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.  

The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components.  The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired.  For loans that are classified impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash 
flows or collateral value of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan.  

The general component covers pools of loans, by loan class, including commercial loans not considered impaired, as well as smaller balance homogenous loans, such as residential real estate, home equity and other consumer loans.  These 
pools of loans are evaluated for loss exposure based on historical loss rates for each of these categories of loans, which are adjusted for qualitative factors.  The qualitative factors include:  

§   Lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off and recovery practices  
§   National, regional and local economic and business conditions as well as the condition of various market segments, including the value of underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans  
§   Nature and volume of the portfolio and terms of the loans  
§   Experience, ability and depth of the lending management and staff  
§   Volume and severity of past due, classified and non-accrual loans, as well as other loan modifications  
§   Quality of the Company’s loan review system and the degree of oversight by the Company’s Board of Directors  

Each factor is assigned a value to reflect improving, stable or declining conditions based on management’s best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation.  Adjustments to the factors are supported through 
documentation of changes in conditions in a narrative accompanying the allowance for loan loss analysis and calculation.  

An  unallocated  component  is  maintained  to  cover  uncertainties  that  could  affect  management’s  estimate  of  probable  losses.  The  unallocated  component  of  the  allowance  reflects  the  margin  of  imprecision  inherent  in  the  underlying 
assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.  

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan 
agreement.  Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant 
payment  delays  and  payment  shortfalls  generally  are  not  classified  as  impaired.  Management  determines  the  significance  of  payment  delays  and  shortfalls  on  a  case-by  case  basis,  taking  into  consideration  all  of  the  circumstances 
surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length and reason for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of shortfall in relation to what is owed.  Impairment is measured by either the present value of the 
expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  

Page 47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
An allowance for loan loss is established for an impaired loan if its carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.  The estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are measured based on the estimated fair 
value of the loan’s collateral.  For loans secured by real estate, estimated fair values are determined primarily through third-party appraisals.  When a real estate secured loan becomes impaired, a decision is made regarding whether an 
updated certified appraisal of the real estate is necessary.  This decision is based on various considerations, including the age of the most recent appraisal, the loan-to-value ratio based on the original appraisal, and the condition of the 
property.  Appraised values are discounted to arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value.  The discounts also include estimated costs to sell the property.  

For commercial and industrial loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, estimated fair values are determined based on the borrower’s financial statements, inventory reports, account 
receivable agings or equipment appraisals or invoices.  Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets.  

Large  groups  of  homogeneous  loans  are  collectively  evaluated  for  impairment.  Accordingly,  the  Company  does  not  separately  identify  individual  residential  mortgage  loans,  home  equity  and  other  consumer  loans  for  impairment 
disclosures, unless such loans are related to borrowers with impaired commercial loans or they are the subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement.  

Loans whose terms are modified are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty.  Concessions granted under a 
troubled debt restructuring generally involve a temporary reduction in the interest rate or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date.  Loans classified as troubled debt restructurings are designated as impaired and evaluated as discussed 
above.  

The  allowance  calculation  methodology  includes  further  segregation  of  loan  classes  into  risk  rating  categories.  The  borrower’s  overall  financial  condition,  repayment  sources,  guarantors  and  value  of  the  collateral,  if  appropriate,  are 
evaluated annually for commercial loans or when credit deficiencies arise on all loans.  Credit quality risk ratings include regulatory classifications of special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss.  See Note 5 for a description of these 
regulatory classifications.  

In addition, Federal regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their 
judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination, which may not be currently available to management.  Based on management’s comprehensive analysis of the loan portfolio, management believes the current 
level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.  

Income Recognition on Impaired and Non-accrual Loans  

For all classes of loans receivable, the accrual of interest is discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectibility of principal or 
interest, even though the loan may be currently performing.  A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured.  When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, unpaid interest is 
reversed  and  charged  to  interest  income.  Interest  received  on  non-accrual  loans,  including  impaired  loans,  generally  is  either  applied  against  principal  or  reported  as  interest  income,  according  to  management’s  judgment  as  to  the 
collectibility of principal.  Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectibility of the 
total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.  Non-accrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after 
modification.  

Page 48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
For non-accrual loans, when future collectability of the recorded loan balance is expected, interest income may be recognized on a cash basis. In the case where a non-accrual loan had been partially charged off, recognition of interest on a 
cash basis is limited to that which would have been recognized on the recorded loan balance at the contractual interest rate. Cash interest receipts in excess of that amount are recorded as recoveries to the allowance for loan losses until prior 
charge-offs have been fully recovered.  

Off-Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments  

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into commitments to extend credit, including commitments under standby letters of credit.  Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.  

Premises and Equipment  

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, ranging up to 40 years for premises and 10 years for equipment. 
Maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expenses as incurred.  The asset cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts for assets sold or retired and any resulting gain or loss is included in the determination of 
income.  

Foreclosed Real Estate  

Properties acquired through foreclosure, or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, are recorded at their fair value less estimated costs to sell.  Fair value is typically determined based on evaluations by third parties.  Costs incurred in connection with 
preparing the foreclosed real estate for disposition are capitalized to the extent that they enhance the overall fair value of the property. Any write-downs on the asset’s fair value less costs to sell at the date of acquisition are charged to the 
allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent write downs and expenses of foreclosed real estate are included in noninterest expense.  

Goodwill  

Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired.  Goodwill is not amortized, but is evaluated annually for impairment.  

Mortgage Servicing Rights  

Originated mortgage servicing rights are recorded at their fair value at the time of transfer of the related loans and are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income or loss.  The carrying value of the 
originated mortgage servicing rights is periodically evaluated for impairment or between annual evaluations under certain circumstances.  

Stock-Based Compensation  

Compensation  costs related to share-based  payment transactions are recognized based on the grant-date fair value of  the stock-based compensation issued. Compensation costs are recognized over the period that an employee provides 
service in exchange for the award.  

Page 49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
Retirement Benefits  

The  Company  has  established  tax  qualified  retirement  plans  covering  substantially  all  full-time  employees  and  certain  part-time  employees.  Pension  expense  under  these  plans  is  charged  to  current  operations  and  consists  of  several 
components of net pension cost based on various actuarial assumptions regarding future experience under the plans.  

Gains and losses, prior service costs and credits, and any remaining transition amounts that have not yet been recognized through net periodic benefit cost are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax effects, until they 
are amortized as a component of net periodic cost.  Plan assets and obligations are measured as of the Company’s statement of condition date.  

The Company has unfunded deferred compensation and supplemental executive retirement  plans  for selected current and  former employees and officers that provide benefits that cannot  be paid from a qualified retirement plan due  to 
Internal Revenue Code restrictions. These plans are nonqualified under the Internal Revenue Code, and assets used to fund benefit payments are not segregated from other assets of the Company, therefore, in general, a participant's or 
beneficiary's claim to benefits under these plans is as a general creditor.  

The  Company  sponsors  an  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan  (“ESOP”)  covering  substantially  all  full  time  employees.  The  cost  of  shares  issued  to  the  ESOP  but  not  committed  to  be  released  to  the  participants  is  presented  in  the 
consolidated  statement  of  condition  as  a  reduction  of  shareholders’  equity.  ESOP  shares  are  released  to  the  participants  proportionately  as  the  loan  is  repaid.  The  Company  records  ESOP  compensation  expense  based  on  the  shares 
committed to be released and allocated to the participant’s accounts multiplied by the average share price of the Company’s stock over the period.  Dividends related to unallocated shares are recorded as compensation expense.  

Derivative Financial Instruments   

Derivatives  are  recorded  on  the  statement  of  condition  as  assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  their  fair  value.  The  accounting  for  increases  and  decreases  in  the  value  of  derivatives  depends  upon  the  use  of  derivatives  and  whether  the 
derivatives qualify for hedge accounting.  The Company currently has one interest rate swap, which has been determined to be a cash flow hedge.  The fair value of cash-flow hedging instruments (“Cash Flow Hedge”) is recorded in either 
other assets or other liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the statement of condition is adjusted to reflect the then current fair value of the Cash Flow Hedge. The related gains or losses are reported in other comprehensive income (loss) and are 
subsequently reclassified into earnings, as a yield adjustment in the same period in which the related interest on the hedged item (primarily a variable-rate debt obligation) affect earnings. To the extent that the Cash Flow Hedge is not 
effective, the ineffective portion of the Cash Flow Hedge is immediately recognized as interest expense.  

Income Taxes  

Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes currently payable or refundable and deferred income taxes on temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial 
statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reported in the consolidated financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or 
settled.  

Page 50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income, after preferred stock dividends and preferred stock discount accretion, by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding throughout each year.  Diluted 
earnings per share gives effect to weighted average shares that would be outstanding assuming the exercise of issued stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method.  Unallocated shares of the Company’s ESOP plan are not 
included when computing earnings per share until they are committed to be released.  

Reclassifications  

Certain amounts in the 2010 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.  These reclassifications had no effect on net income as previously reported.  

NOTE 2:  NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS  

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-12 - Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items out of 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05. Stakeholders raised concerns that the new presentation requirements (pending paragraphs 220-10-45-17 through 45-18, 220-10-55-7 through 55-8, 
220-10-55-9, and 220-10-55-18 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification) about reclassifications of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income would be difficult for preparers and may add unnecessary complexity to 
financial statements. In addition, it is difficult for some preparers to change systems in time to gather the information for the new presentation requirements by the effective date of ASU 2011-05. Given these issues, they asked the Board to 
reconsider whether it is necessary to require entities to present reclassification adjustments by component in both the statement where net income is presented and the statement where other comprehensive income is presented for both 
interim  and  annual  financial  statements.  Because  those  pending  paragraphs  are  effective  on  a  retrospective  basis  for  public  entities  for  annual  periods  beginning  after  December 15,  2011,  and interim  periods  within  those  years,  those 
stakeholders asked the Board, at a minimum, to defer the effective date pertaining to reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income in Accounting Standards Update 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 
220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income, until the Board is able to reconsider those paragraphs.  

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08 - Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Testing Goodwill for Impairment. The objective of this Update is to simplify how entities, both public and nonpublic, test goodwill for 
impairment. The amendments in the Update permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining 
whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described in Topic 350. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. Previous guidance under Topic 350 required an 
entity to test goodwill for impairment, on at least an annual basis, by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill (step one). If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, 
then the  second  step  of  the  test  must  be  performed  to  measure the  amount  of  the  impairment  loss,  if  any. Under  the  amendments  in  this  Update,  an  entity is not  required to  calculate  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit unless  the  entity 
determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments in this Update are intended to reduce complexity and costs by allowing an entity the option to make a qualitative evaluation about 
the likelihood of goodwill impairment to determine whether it should calculate the fair value of a reporting unit. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed as of a date before September 15, 2011, if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period 
have not yet been issued or, for nonpublic entities, have not yet been made available for issuance.  The Company early adopted this update for its 2011 goodwill impairment evaluation with no material impact on the consolidated financial 
statements.  

Page 51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05—Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income.  This update was issued to improve the comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and to 
increase  the  prominence  of  items  reported  in  other  comprehensive  income.  To  increase  the  prominence  of  items  reported  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  to  facilitate  convergence  of  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles 
(GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the FASB decided to eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity, among other 
amendments in this Update.  The amendments require that all nonowner changes in shareholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The 
amendments  in  this Update should  be applied  retrospectively. For public  entities,  the amendments are effective  for fiscal  years, and interim periods  within  those  years, beginning after December  15, 2011.  Early  adoption  is permitted, 
because compliance with the amendments is already permitted. The amendments do not require any transition disclosures.  The adoption of this update will require the Company to provide a change in disclosures related to comprehensive 
income.  

NOTE 3:  EARNINGS PER SHARE  

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Net income available to common shareholders is net 
income less the total of preferred dividends declared and the amortization of the warrant value under the CPP program.  Diluted earnings per share include the potential dilutive effect that could occur upon the assumed exercise of issued 
stock options and warrants  issued to the U.S.  Treasury using the treasury  stock method.  Unallocated common shares held by  the ESOP  are not included in the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for  purposes  of 
calculating earnings per common share until they are committed to be released.  

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share:  

(In thousands, except per share data)  

Basic Earnings Per Common Share  
Net income available to common shareholders  
Weighted average common shares outstanding  

Basic earnings per common share  

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share  
Net income available to common shareholders  

Weighted average common shares outstanding  
Effect of assumed exercise of stock options  
Effect of assumed exercise of stock warrants  
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding  

Diluted earnings per common share  

Three months ended  
December 31,  
2011   

249       $ 
2,496         
0.10       $ 

2010   

570   
2,485   
0.23   

  $ 

  $ 

Years ended  
December 31,  
2011   

1,320   
2,490   
0.53   

  $ 

  $ 

249       $ 

570   

  $ 

1,320   

  $ 

2,496         
-        
40         
2,536         
0.10       $ 

2,485   
-  
23   
2,508   
0.23   

  $ 

2,490   
3   
43   
2,536   
0.52   

  $ 

2010   

2,043   
2,485   
0.82   

2,043   

2,485   
-  
4   
2,489   
0.82   

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

Page 52 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 4: INVESTMENT SECURITIES – AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE  

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities are summarized as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Residential mortgage-backed - private label  

Total  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total  

Total investment securities  

(In thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Residential mortgage-backed - private label  

Total  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total  

Total investment securities  

Amortized   
Cost   

December 31, 2011  

Gross   
Unrealized   
Gains   

Gross   
Unrealized   
Losses   

Estimated   
Fair   
Value   

5,025       $ 
19,508         
21,086         
49,665         
505         
95,789         

1,286         
905         
183         
443         
2,817         
98,606       $ 

48       $ 
797         
38         
1,395         
14         
2,292         

12         
119         
60         
2         
193         
2,485       $ 

-      $ 
(1 )       
(690 )       
(4 )       
-        
(695 )       

-        
-        
-        
(1 )       
(1 )       
(696 )     $ 

5,073   
20,304   
20,434   
51,056   
519   
97,386   

1,298   
1,024   
243   
444   
3,009   
100,395   

Amortized   
Cost   

December 31, 2010  

Gross   
Unrealized   
Gains   

Gross   
Unrealized   
Losses   

Estimated   
Fair   
Value   

20,137       $ 
19,227         
5,865         
35,714         
816         
81,759         

1,532         
1,129         
183         
450         
3,294         
85,053       $ 

139       $ 
174         
228         
934         
21         
1,496         

26         
93         
61         
5         
185         
1,681       $ 

(253 )     $ 
(422 )       
(493 )       
(239 )       
-        
(1,407 )       

-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
(1,407 )     $ 

20,023   
18,979   
5,600   
36,409   
837   
81,848   

1,558   
1,222   
244   
455   
3,479   
85,327   

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

Page 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
    
     
     
     
     
     
  
Table of Contents 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt investments at December 31, 2011 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or 
prepay obligations with or without penalties.  

(In thousands)  
Due in one year or less  
Due after one year through five years  
Due after five years through ten years  
Due after ten years  
Mortgage-backed securities  

Totals  

  Amortized       Estimated   
Cost      Fair Value   

  $ 

  $ 

4,365     $ 
21,206       
5,860       
14,188       
50,170       
95,789     $ 

4,384   
21,210   
6,223   
13,994   
51,575   
97,386   

The Company’s investment securities’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Common stock-financial services industry  

(In thousands)  
US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  

Less than Twelve Months  
Unrealized   
Losses   

(1 ) 
(131 ) 
(4 ) 
-  
(136 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

Less than Twelve Months  
Unrealized   
Losses   

(253 ) 
(422 ) 
-  
(239 ) 
(914 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

Fair   
Value   

412   
13,489   
1,896   
-  
15,797   

Fair   
Value   

9,260   
10,173   
-  
8,861   
28,294   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

December 31, 2011  
Twelve Months or More  
Unrealized   
Losses   

-  
(559 ) 
-  
(1 ) 
(560 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

December 31, 2010  
Twelve Months or More  
Unrealized   
Losses   

-  
-  
(493 ) 
-  
(493 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

Fair   
Value   

-  
1,410   
-  
3   
1,413   

Fair   
Value   

-  
-  
1,473   
-  
1,473   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Total  

Unrealized   
Losses   

(1 ) 
(690 ) 
(4 ) 
(1 ) 
(696 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

Total  

Unrealized   
Losses   

(253 ) 
(422 ) 
(493 ) 
(239 ) 
(1,407 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

Fair   
Value   

412   
14,899   
1,896   
3   
17,210   

Fair   
Value   

9,260   
10,173   
1,473   
8,861   
29,767   

We conduct a formal review of investment securities on a quarterly basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). We assess whether OTTI is present when the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized 
cost basis at the statement of condition date. Under these circumstances, OTTI is considered to have occurred (1) if we intend to sell the security; (2) if it is “more likely than not” we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its 
amortized cost basis; or (3) the present value of expected cash flows is not expected to be sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. The guidance requires that credit-related OTTI is recognized in earnings while non-credit-related 
OTTI on securities not expected to be sold is recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”). Non-credit-related OTTI is based on other factors, including illiquidity. Presentation of OTTI is made in  the consolidated statement of 
income on a gross basis, including both the portion recognized in earnings as well as the portion recorded in OCI. The gross OTTI would then be offset by the amount of non-credit-related OTTI, showing the net as the impact on earnings.  

Page 54 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
    
      
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
   
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
          
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
   
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
          
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 
At  December  31,  2011,  one  state  and  political  subdivision  security  is  in  an  unrealized  loss  position.  The  Portland  Michigan  Public  Schools  general  obligation  bond  is  AA-  rated  by  S&P  and  carries  credit  support  from  Assured 
Guaranty.  The  security  has  been  in  an  unrealized  loss  position  for  only  4  months.  The  unrealized  losses  relate  principally  to  changes  in  interest  rates  subsequent  to  the  acquisition  of  the  specific  securities.  No  other  than  temporary 
impairment is deemed present on this security.  

At December 31, 2011, twenty one corporate securities were in unrealized loss positions.  Nineteen of the twenty one securities are currently A rated or better by Moody’s or S&P.  All of the nineteen positions have an unrealized loss that is 
2.23% of their associated book value or less. One holding has been in an unrealized loss position for seven months and the remaining eighteen have been in loss positions for only four months or less.  The Company does not intend to sell 
and it is not more than likely than not the Company will be required to sell those securities until recovery or final maturity. The unrealized losses relate principally to changes in interest rates subsequent to the acquisition of the specific 
securities.  No other than temporary impairment is deemed present on these securities.  

The remaining two corporate securities represent trust-preferred issuances from large money center financial institutions.  The JP Morgan Chase floating rate trust-preferred security has a carrying value of $986,000 and a fair value of 
$685,000. The Bank of America floating rate trust-preferred security has a carrying value of $983,000 and a fair value of $725,000.  The securities are rated A2 and Ba1 by Moody’s, respectively.  The securities are both floating rate notes 
that adjust quarterly to LIBOR. These securities are reflecting a net unrealized loss due to current similar offerings being originated at higher spreads to LIBOR, as the market currently demands a greater pricing premium for the associated 
risk.  Management  has  performed  a  detailed  credit  analysis  on  the  underlying  companies  and  has  concluded  that  neither  issue  is  credit  impaired.  Due  to  the  fact  that  each  security  has  approximately  15  years  until  final  maturity,  and 
management has determined that there is no related credit impairment, the associated pricing risk is managed similar to long-term, low yielding, 15 and 30-year fixed rate residential mortgages carried in the Company’s loan portfolio.  The 
risk is managed through the Company’s extensive interest rate risk management procedures.  The Company expects the present value of expected cash flows will be sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis.  Thus, the securities are not 
deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired.  

Two US government agency and US government sponsored enterprise (GSE) residential mortgage-backed security holdings have an unrealized loss as of December 31, 2011.  The securities were issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage 
Corporation.  The unrealized losses have been in place for three months or less. The unrealized losses relates principally to changes in interest rates subsequent to the acquisition of the specific security.    No OTTI is deemed present on 
these securities.  

In determining whether OTTI has occurred for equity securities, the Company considers the applicable factors described above and the length of time the equity security’s fair value has been below the carrying amount. Management has 
determined that we have the intent and ability to retain the equity securities for a sufficient period of time to allow for recovery. The Company holds one equity security that had a fair value less than the carrying value at December 31, 
2011.   A small common stock investment in The Phoenix Companies has an unrealized loss of less than $1,000.  Due to the relatively small size of the unrealized loss and short duration of the loss period, no OTTI is deemed present in 
relation to this security.  

Page 55 

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The following table presents a roll-forward of the amount related to credit losses recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31:  

(In thousands)  
Beginning balance – January 1  

Reductions for securities sold  

Ending balance - December 31  

2011      
875      $ 
(875 )      
-     $ 

2010   
875   
-  
875   

  $ 

  $ 

The above credit losses were related to one security that was sold at a small gain during the period ended December 31, 2011.  

Gross realized gains (losses) on sales and redemptions of securities for the years ended December 31 are detailed below:  

(In thousands)  
Realized gains  
Realized losses  

2011      
796      $ 
(5 )      
791      $ 

2010   
212   
(1 ) 
211   

  $ 

  $ 

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, securities with a fair value of $61.2 million and $47.5 million, respectively, were pledged to collateralize certain deposit and borrowing arrangements.  

Management has reviewed its mortgage-backed securities portfolio and determined that, to the best of its knowledge, little or no exposure exists to sub-prime or other high-risk residential mortgages.  The Company is not in the practice of 
investing in these types of loans.  

Page 56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
    
  
    
  
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE 5: LOANS  

Major classifications of loans are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Commercial loans:  
Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total loans  

Net deferred loan costs  
Less allowance for loan losses  

Loans receivable, net  

   December 31,   
2011   

   December 31,   
2010   

  $ 

  $ 

158,384   
3,935   
162,319   

73,420   
13,791   
22,701   
3,619   
113,531   

24,171   
4,140   
28,311   

304,161   
589   
(3,980 ) 
300,770   

  $ 

  $ 

143,661   
3,569   
147,230   

69,042   
14,122   
20,779   
4,826   
108,769   

25,168   
3,411   
28,579   

284,578   
718   
(3,648 ) 
281,648   

The Company grants residential mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers throughout Oswego and parts of Onondaga counties. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtors’
abilities to honor their contracts is dependent upon the counties’ employment and economic conditions.  

Loan Origination / Risk Management  

The Company has lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk.  Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis.  A reporting 
system supplements the review process by frequently providing management with reports related to loan production, loan quality, loan delinquencies, non-performing and potential problem loans.  Diversification in the loan portfolio is a 
means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions.  

Risk Characteristics of Portfolio Segments  

Each portfolio segment generally carries its own unique risk characteristics.  

The residential mortgage loan segment is impacted by general economic conditions, unemployment rates in the Bank’s service area, real estate values and the forward expectation of improvement or deterioration in economic conditions.  

The commercial segment is impacted by general economic conditions but, more specifically,  the industry segment in which each borrower participates.  Unique competitive changes within a borrower’s specific industry, or geographic 
location could cause significant changes in the borrower’s revenue stream, and therefore, impact its ability to repay its obligations.  Commercial real estate is also subject to general economic conditions but changes within this segment 
typically  lag changes seen within the  consumer and  commercial segment.  Included within this portfolio  are both owner occupied real estate, in which the borrower  occupies the majority  of the real estate property and upon which the 
majority of the sources of repayment of the obligation is dependent upon, and non-owner occupied real estate, in which several tenants comprise the repayment source for this portfolio segment.  The composition and competitive position of 
the tenant structure may cause adverse changes in the repayment of debt obligations for the non-owner occupied class within this segment.  

Page 57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
     
          
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
The consumer segment is impacted by general economic conditions, unemployment rates in the Company’s service area, and the forward expectation of improvement or deterioration in economic conditions.  

Real estate loans, including residential mortgages, commercial real estate loans and home equity, comprise approximately 85% of the portfolio in both 2011 and 2010.  Loans secured by real estate provide the best collateral protection and 
thus significantly reduce the inherent risk in the portfolio.  

Management has reviewed its loan portfolio and determined that, to the best of its knowledge, little or no exposure exists to sub-prime or other high-risk residential mortgages.  The Company is not in the practice of originating these types 
of loans.  

Description of Credit Quality Indicators  

The Company utilizes an eight tier risk rating system to evaluate the quality of its loan portfolio.  Loans that are risk rated “1” through “4” are considered “Pass” loans.  In accordance with regulatory guidelines, loans rated “5” through “8”
are termed “criticized” loans and loans rated “6” through “8” are termed “classified” loans.  A description of the Company’s credit quality indicators follows.  

For Commercial Loans:  

1.   Prime :  A loan that is fully secured by properly margined Pathfinder Bank deposit account(s) or an obligation of the US Government.  It may also be unsecured if it is supported by a very strong financial condition and, in the case 

of a commercial loan, excellent management.  There exists an unquestioned ability to repay the loan in accordance with its terms.  

2.   Strong :  Desirable relationship of somewhat less stature than Prime grade.  Possesses a sound documented repayment source, and back up, which will allow repayment within the terms of the loan.  Individual loans backed by solid 

assets, character and integrity.  Ability of individual or company management is good and well established.  Probability of serious financial deterioration is unlikely.  

3.   Satisfactory  :  Stable  financial  condition  with  cash  flow  sufficient  for  debt  service  coverage.  Satisfactory  loans  of  average  strength  having  some  deficiency  or  vulnerability  to  changing  economic  or  industry  conditions  but 
performing as agreed with documented evidence of repayment capacity.  May be unsecured loans to borrowers with satisfactory credit and financial strength.  Satisfactory provisions for management succession and a secondary 
source of repayment exists.  

4.   Satisfactory Watch:   A four is not a criticized or classified credit. These credits do not display the characteristics of a criticized asset as defined by the regulatory definitions. A credit is given a Satisfactory Watch designation if 
there are matters or trends observed deserving attention somewhat beyond normal monitoring.  Borrowing obligations may be handled according to agreement but could be adversely impacted by developing factors such as industry 
conditions, operating problems, litigation pending of a significant nature or declining collateral quality and adequacy.                                        

Page 58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

5.   Special Mention :  A warning risk grade that portrays one or more weaknesses that may be tolerated in the short term.  Assets in this category are currently protected but are potentially weak.  This loan would not normally be 
booked as a new credit, but may have redeeming characteristics persuading the Bank to continue working with the borrower.  Loans accorded this classification have potential weaknesses which may, if not checked or corrected, 
weaken the company’s assets, inadequately protect the Bank’s position or effect the orderly, scheduled reduction of the debt at some future time.  

6.   Substandard :  The relationship is inadequately protected by the current net worth and cash flow capacity of the borrower, guarantor/endorser, or of the collateral pledged.  Assets have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that 
jeopardize the orderly liquidation of the debt.  The relationship shows deteriorating trends or other deficient areas.  The loan may be non-performing and expected to remain so for the foreseeable future.  Relationship balances may 
be adequately secured by asset value; however a deteriorated financial condition may necessitate collateral liquidation to effect repayment.  A relationship with an unacceptable financial condition requiring excessive attention of 
the officer due to the nature of the credit risk or lack of borrower cooperation.  All loans on non-accrual or in a bankruptcy are not graded higher than Substandard.  

7.   Doubtful :  The relationship has all the weaknesses inherent in a credit graded 5 with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and value, highly questionable or 
improbable.  The possibility of some loss is extremely high, however its classification as an anticipated loss is deferred until a more exact determination of the extent of loss is determined.  Loans in this category must be on non-
accrual.  

8.   Loss :  Loans are considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.  It is not practicable or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery 

may be possible in the future.  

For Residential Mortgage and Consumer Loans:  

Residential mortgage and consumer loans are assigned a “Pass” rating unless the loan has demonstrated signs of weakness as indicated by the ratings below.  

5.   Special Mention : All loans sixty days past due are classified Special Mention. The loan is not upgraded until it has been current for six consecutive months.  

6.   Substandard : All loans 90 days past due are classified Substandard. The loan is not upgraded until it has been current for six consecutive months.  

7.   Doubtful :  The relationship has all the weaknesses inherent in a credit graded 5 with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and value, highly questionable or 

improbable.  The possibility of some loss is extremely high,  

The risk ratings are evaluated at least annually for commercial loans or when credit deficiencies arise, such as delinquent loan payments, for commercial, residential mortgage or consumer loans.  See further discussion of risk ratings in Note 
1.  

Page 59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The following table presents the segments and classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aggregate pass rating and the criticized and classified ratings of special mention, substandard and doubtful within the Company's internal risk 
rating system as of December 31, 2011:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total loans  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Commercial loans:  
Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total loans  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Pass   

153,049   
3,935   
156,984   

69,737   
12,579   
21,978   
3,619   
107,913   

22,500   
3,922   
26,422   
291,319   

Pass   

138,435   
3,569   
142,004   

63,834   
13,280   
19,857   
4,826   
101,797   

23,559   
3,271   
26,830   
270,631   

Page 60 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Special         

Mention   

  $ 

1,050   
-  
1,050   

212   
49   
89   
-  
350   

162   
61   
223   
1,623   

  $ 

Special         

Mention   

  $ 

1,725   
-  
1,725   

524   
28   
163   
-  
715   

316   
30   
346   
2,786   

  $ 

December 31, 2011  

Substandard   

Doubtful   

  $ 

4,285   
-  
4,285   

3,471   
1,163   
591   
-  
5,225   

1,456   
123   
1,579   
11,089   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
43   
-  
43   

53   
34   
87   
130   

December 31, 2010  

Substandard   

Doubtful   

  $ 

3,501   
-  
3,501   

4,684   
814   
759   
-  
6,257   

1,293         
110         

1,403   
11,161   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Total   

158,384   
3,935   
162,319   

73,420   
13,791   
22,701   
3,619   
113,531   

24,171   
4,140   
28,311   
304,161   

Total   

143,661   
3,569   
147,230   

69,042   
14,122   
20,779   
4,826   
108,769   

25,168   
3,411   
28,579   
284,578   

 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Non-accrual and Past Due Loans  

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received within thirty days of the payment due date.  

An age analysis of past due loans, exclusive of deferred costs, segregated by class of loans were as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Commercial loans:  
Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total loans  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Commercial loans:  
Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  

Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total loans  

30-59 Days   
Past Due   

60-89 Days   
Past Due   

90 Days   
and Over   

Total         

Past Due   

December 31, 2011  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2,870   
-  
2,870   

2,015   
337   
356   
-  
2,708   

357   
55   
412   
5,990   

30-59 Days   
Past Due   

2,045   
-  
2,045   

238   
205   
734   
-  
1,177   

586   
15   
601   
3,823   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

934   
-  
934   

4   
75   
392   
-  
471   

182   
2   
184   
1,589   

60-89 Days   
Past Due   

1,078   
-  
1,078   

908   
-  
301   
-  
1,209   

371   
7   
378   
2,665   

Page 61 

1,428   
-  
1,428   

1,623   
467   
504   
-  
2,594   

550   
156   
706   
4,728   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

5,232   
-  
5,232   

3,642   
879   
1,252   
-  
5,773   

1,089   
213   
1,302   
12,307   

  $ 

December 31, 2010  
90 Days   
and Over   

Total         

Past Due   

1,335   
-  
1,335   

3,680   
69   
475   
-  
4,224   

303   
62   
365   
5,924   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

4,458   
-  
4,458   

4,826   
274   
1,510   
-  
6,610   

1,260   
84   
1,344   
12,412   

  $ 

Current   

153,152   
3,935   
157,087   

69,778   
12,912   
21,449   
3,619   
107,758   

23,082   
3,927   
27,009   
291,854   

Current   

139,203   
3,569   
142,772   

64,216   
13,848   
19,269   
4,826   
102,159   

23,908   
3,327   
27,235   
272,166   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Total Loans   
Receivable   

158,384   
3,935   
162,319   

73,420   
13,791   
22,701   
3,619   
113,531   

24,171   
4,140   
28,311   
304,161   

Total Loans   
Receivable   

143,661   
3,569   
147,230   

69,042   
14,122   
20,779   
4,826   
108,769   

25,168   
3,411   
28,579   
284,578   

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Year-end non-accrual loans, segregated by class of loan, were as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Commercial loans:  
Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal loans  

Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total nonaccrual loans  

December 

31,      
2011      

December 
31,   
2010   

  $ 

  $ 

1,428      $ 
-       
1,428        

1,623        
467        
504        
-       
2,594        

550        
156        
706        
4,728      $ 

1,335   
-  
1,335   

3,680   
69   
475   
-  
4,224   

303   
62   
365   
5,924   

There were no loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2011 or 2010.  

The Company is required to disclose certain activities related to Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR”s) in accordance with transition guidance under ASC 310-40-65-1.  The Company has determined that, for interim periods beginning 
after June 30, 2011 which was the date of adoption of this accounting standard update, there was one commercial and industrial loan with a carrying amount of $122,000 and one commercial real estate loan with a carrying amount of 
$324,000 that were TDRs occurring over the prior twelve months and that reported a payment default for the six month period ended December 31, 2011. There were no TDR’s during this period.  

Page 62 

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
    
      
  
    
  
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
        
    
    
    
  
    
  
Table of Contents 

Impaired Loans  

The following table summarizes impaired loans information by portfolio class:  

(In thousands)  
With no related allowance recorded:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Residential construction mortgage  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

With an allowance recorded:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Residential construction mortgage  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Residential construction mortgage  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Municipal  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Recorded   
Investment   

December 31, 2011  

Unpaid         

Principal   
Balance   

Related   
Allowance   

Recorded   
Investment   

December 31, 2010  

Unpaid         

Principal   
Balance   

Related   
Allowance   

  $ 

  $ 

442   
-  
968   
74   
257   
-  
312   
-  

856   
-  
735   
378   
122   
-  
136   
-  

1,298   
-  
1,703   
452   
379   
-  
448   
-  
4,280   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

442   
-  
1,096   
74   
257   
-  
312   
-  
-        

856   
-  
735   
378   
122   
-  
136   
-  

1,298   
-  
1,831   
452   
379   
-  
448   
-  
4,408   

  $ 

Page 63 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

149   
-  
109   
178   
122   
-  
61   
-  

149   
-  
109   
178   
122   
-  
61   
-  
619   

  $ 

  $ 

185   
-  
1,919   
-  
96   
-  
411   
-  

1,215   
-  
2,233   
300   
346   
-  
252   
-  

1,400   
-  
4,152   
300   
442   
-  
663   
-  
6,957   

  $ 

  $ 

185   
-  
1,919   
-  
96   
-  
411   
-  

1,215   
-  
2,322   
300   
346   
-  
252   
-  

1,400   
-  
4,241   
300   
442   
-  
663   
-  
7,046   

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

255   
-  
352   
300   
78   
-  
110   
-  

255   
-  
352   
300   
78   
-  
110   
-  
1,095   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 

The following table presents the average recorded investment in impaired loans for the years ended December 31:  

(In thousands)  

Residential mortgage  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Consumer  

2011  

2010  

1,156      $ 
2,447        
207        
712        
554        
-       
5,075      $ 

1,123   
3,550   
275   
298   
178   
-  
5,424   

  $ 

  $ 

The following table presents the interest income recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31:  

(In thousands)  

Residential mortgage  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Consumer  

2011  

2010  

64      $ 
86        
31        
12        
9        
-       
202      $ 

75   
109   
10   
17   
24   
-  
235   

  $ 

  $ 

Page 64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE 6: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and information pertaining to the allocation of the allowance for loan losses and balances of the allowance for loan losses and loans receivable based 
on individual and collective impairment evaluation by loan portfolio class at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: collectively  

evaluated for impairment  

Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: collectively  

evaluated for impairment  

1-4 family   
first-lien 
residential 
mortgage 

 $          750 
           (237) 
               49 
             102 
 $          664 

 $          149 

 $          515 

Residential   
construction 
mortgage 

 $                      -
                         -
                         -
                         -
 $                      -

 $                      -

 $                      -

2011  

Commercial 
real estate 

 $        1,204 
            (205) 
                  -
              347 
 $        1,346 

 $           109 

 $        1,237 

Commercial 
lines of credit 

 $              579 
                  (65) 
                     1 
                  (52) 
 $              463 

Other 
commercial 
and industrial 

 $               501 
                  (34) 
                      -
                  182 
 $               649 

 $              178 

 $               122 

 $              285 

 $               527 

 $   158,384 

 $               3,935 

 $      73,420 

 $         13,791 

 $          22,701 

 $       1,298 

 $   157,086 

Municipal 

 $              3 
                 -
                 -
               (1) 
 $              2 

 $              -

 $              2 

 $                      -

 $               3,935 

Home equity 
and junior liens 

 $                  424 
                     (43) 
                       10 
                     110 
 $                  501 

 $        1,703 

 $      71,717 

Other   
Consumer 

 $             89 
            (123) 
                39 
              157 
 $           162 

 $              452 

 $               379 

 $         13,339 

 $          22,322 

Unallocated 

 $                98 
                      -
                      -
                   95 
 $              193 

Total 

 $            3,648 
                (707) 
                    99 
                  940 
 $            3,980 

 $                    61 

 $               -

 $                   -

 $               619 

 $                  440 

 $           162 

 $              193 

 $            3,361 

 $       3,619 

 $             24,171 

 $        4,140 

 $                   -

 $        304,161 

 $              -

 $       3,619 

 $                  448 

 $               -

 $                   -

 $            4,280 

 $             23,723 

 $        4,140 

 $                   -

 $        299,881 

Page 65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: collectively  

evaluated for impairment  

Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: collectively  

evaluated for impairment  

1-4 family         

first-lien   
residential   
mortgage   

Residential         

mortgage   
construction   

Commercial   
real estate   

Commercial   
lines of credit   

Other   
commercial   
and industrial   

2010  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

763   
(48 ) 
19   
16   
750   

  $ 

  $ 

255   

  $ 

495   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

-  

-  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,009   
(162 ) 

  $ 

55         
302   
1,204   

  $ 

352   

  $ 

852   

  $ 

376   
(196 ) 

  $ 

399   
579   

  $ 

300   

  $ 

279   

  $ 

143,661   

  $ 

3,569   

  $ 

69,042   

  $ 

14,122   

  $ 

1,400   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

4,152   

  $ 

300   

  $ 

142,261   

  $ 

3,569   

  $ 

64,890   

  $ 

13,822   

  $ 

Municipal   

Home equity   
and junior liens   

Other         

Consumer   

Unallocated   

2   
-  
-  
1   
3   

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

3   

  $ 

390   
(76 ) 
5   
105   
424   

  $ 

  $ 

110   

  $ 

314   

  $ 

4,826   

  $ 

25,168   

  $ 

-  

  $ 

663   

  $ 

4,826   

  $ 

24,505   

  $ 

Page 66 

76   
(81 ) 
31   
63   
89   

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

89   

  $ 

3,411   

-  

3,411   

(24 ) 
-  
-  
122   
98   

  $ 

  $ 

-  

  $ 

98   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

486   
(27 ) 
-  
42   
501   

78   

423   

20,779   

442   

20,337   

Total   

3,078   
(590 ) 
110   
1,050   
3,648   

1,095   

2,553   

284,578   

6,957   

277,621   

   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
    
  
  
          
    
     
  
  
  
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
          
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
          
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE 7: SERVICING  

Loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of condition.  The unpaid principal balances of mortgage and other loans serviced for others were $31,241,000 and $37,746,000 at December 31, 2011 
and 2010, respectively.  The balance of capitalized servicing rights included in other assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $8,000 and $35,000, respectively.  

The following summarizes mortgage servicing rights capitalized and amortized:  

(In thousands)  
Mortgage servicing rights capitalized  
Mortgage servicing rights amortized  

NOTE 8: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Land  
Buildings  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment  
Construction in progress  

Less: Accumulated depreciation  

2011      

-     $ 
27      $ 

2010   
2   
28   

2011      
1,544      $ 
10,056        
8,703        
353        
20,656        
9,959        
10,697      $ 

2010   
1,226   
7,181   
7,531   
2,761   
18,699   
9,267   
9,432   

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

The increase in premises and equipment is the result of the construction of the new branch location in Cicero, New York.  

NOTE 9: GOODWILL  

Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but is evaluated annually for impairment or between annual evaluations in certain circumstances. Management 
performs an annual assessment of the Company’s goodwill to determine whether or not any impairment of the carrying value may exist. In accordance with FASB ASU 2011-08, the Company is permitted to assess qualitative factors to 
determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value.  For purposes of this assessment, management considers the Company and its subsidiaries as a whole to be the reporting unit. Based 
on the results of the assessment, management has determined that the carrying value of goodwill in the amount of $3.8 million is not impaired as of December 31, 2011.  

Page 67 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE 10: DEPOSITS  

A summary of deposits at December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Savings accounts  
Time accounts  
Time accounts over $100,000  
Money management accounts  
MMDA accounts  
Demand deposit interest-bearing  
Demand deposit noninterest-bearing  
Mortgage escrow funds  

At December 31, 2011, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Year of Maturity:  
2012  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
Thereafter  

2011 
 $       58,689 
         83,786 
         69,558 
         14,249 
         70,588 
         28,625 
         37,153 
           3,481 
 $     366,129 

2010 
 $         55,966 
           85,240 
           57,395 
           12,593 
           54,799 
           26,449 
           30,716 
             3,344 
 $       326,502 

 $       85,341 
         28,543 
         27,088 
           5,870 
           2,067 
           4,435 
 $     153,344 

Page 68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE 11: BORROWED FUNDS  

The composition of borrowings (excluding junior subordinated debentures) at December 31 is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Short-term:  

FHLB Advances  

Long-term:  

FHLB advances  
ESOP loan payable  
Citigroup Repurchase agreements  
Total long-term borrowings  

2011      

2010   

-    $ 

13,000   

20,000     $ 
1,074       
5,000       
26,074     $ 

23,000   
-  
5,000   
28,000   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Terms of the ESOP loan payable, which is based on a variable rate, are detailed in Note 15.  

The principal balances, interest rates and maturities of the remaining borrowings, all of which are at a fixed rate, at December 31, 2011 are as follows:  

Term  
( Dollars in thousands)  

Long-term:  

Repurchase agreements (due in 2013)  
Advances with FHLB  

due within 1 year  

due within 2 years  

due within 3 years  
due within 4 years  
due within 5 years  
due within 6 years  

Total advances with FHLB  
Total  

   Principal      

Rates   

  $ 

5,000       

2.95 % 

2.70%-

4,000        

4.91 % 

4.46%-

4,000        

4.53 % 

2.85%-

3.07 % 
2.79 % 
2.12 % 
2.56 % 

5,000        
2,000       
3,000       
2,000       
20,000       
25,000       

  $ 

At December 31, 2011, scheduled repayments of long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):  

2012  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
Thereafter  

  $ 

  $ 

4,110   
9,110   
5,110   
2,110   
3,110   
2,524   
26,074   

Page 69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
      
  
    
        
    
    
    
    
      
  
  
    
      
  
    
      
  
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 

The repurchase agreement with Citigroup is collateralized by certain investment securities having a fair value of $6,136,000 at December 31, 2011.  The collateral is under the Company’s control.  The Company also has access to Federal 
Home Loan Bank advances, under which it can borrow at various terms and interest rates.  Residential mortgage loans with a carrying value of $65,781,000 and FHLB stock with a carrying value of $1,528,000 have been pledged by the 
Company under a blanket collateral agreement to secure the Company’s borrowings at December 31, 2011.  The total outstanding indebtedness under borrowing facilities with the FHLB cannot exceed the total value of the assets pledged 
under the blanket collateral agreement.  The Company has a $15.0 million line of credit available at December 31, 2011 with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York through its Discount Window and has pledged various corporate and 
municipal securities against the line. The Company has an $11.0 million line of credit available with three other correspondent banks. $4.0 million of that line of credit is available on an unsecured basis and the remaining $7.0 million must 
be collateralized with marketable investment securities. Interest on the lines is determined at the time of borrowing.  

The  Company  has  a  non-consolidated  subsidiary  trust,  Pathfinder  Statutory  Trust  II, of  which  the  Company owns  100% of  the  common  equity.  The  Trust issued  $5,000,000  of  30  year  floating  rate  Company-obligated pooled capital 
securities of Pathfinder Statutory Trust II.  The Company borrowed the proceeds of the capital securities from its subsidiary by issuing floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures having substantially similar terms.  The 
capital securities mature in 2037 and are treated as Tier 1 capital by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”).  The capital securities of the trust are a pooled trust preferred fund of Preferred Term 
Securities VI, Ltd. and are tied to the 3-month LIBOR plus 1.65% (2.24%) at December 31, 2011) with a five-year call provision.  The Company guarantees all of these securities.  

The Company's equity interest in the trust subsidiary of $155,000 is reported in "Other assets".  For regulatory reporting purposes, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that the preferred securities will continue to qualify as Tier 1 
Capital subject to previously specified limitations, until further notice. If regulators make a determination that Trust Preferred Securities can no longer be considered in regulatory capital, the securities become callable and the Company may 
redeem them.  

NOTE 12:  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION AND SUPPLEMENTAL     RETIREMENT PLANS  

The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all employees. The plan provides defined benefits based on years of service and final average salary. In addition, the Company provides certain health 
and life insurance benefits for a limited number of eligible retired employees.  The healthcare plan is contributory with participants’ contributions adjusted annually; the life insurance plan is noncontributory.  Employees with less than 14 
years of service as of January 1, 1995, are not eligible for the health and life insurance retirement benefits.  

Page 70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The following tables set forth the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and the plans’ funded status as of December 31:  

(In thousands)  
Change in benefit obligations:  

Benefit obligations at beginning of year  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Actuarial loss  
Benefits paid  

Benefit obligations at end of year  
Change in plan assets:  

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year  
Actual return on plan assets  
Benefits paid  
Employer contributions  

Fair value of plan assets at end of year  
Funded Status - (liability) asset  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2011   

7,539   
328   
414   
2,085   
(199 ) 
10,167   

7,890   
(142 ) 
(199 ) 
-  
7,549   
(2,618 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2010   

6,095   
261   
376   
954   
(147 ) 
7,539   

6,252   
722   
(147 ) 
1,063   
7,890   
351   

  $ 

  $ 

2011   

364   
-  
19   
47   
(29 ) 
401   

-  
-  
(29 ) 
29   
-  
(401 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

2010   

332   
-  
20   
37   
(25 ) 
364   

-  
-  
(25 ) 
25   
-  
(364 ) 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31 are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Unrecognized transition obligation  
Net loss  

Tax Effect  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2011 
 $                   -
               5,940 
               5,940 
               2,376 
 $            3,564 

2010 
 $         -
    3,335 
    3,335 
    1,334 
 $ 2,001 

2011 
 $                   2 
                    86 
                    88 
                    36 
 $                 53 

2010 
 $      20 
         40 
         61 
         25 
 $      36 

Gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation or the fair value of assets are amortized over the average remaining service period of active participants.   

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  for  the  defined  benefit  pension  plan  was  $8,245,000  and  $6,185,000  at  December  31,  2011  and  2010,  respectively.  The  postretirement  plan  had  an  accumulated  benefit  obligation  of  $401,000  and 
$364,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

The significant assumptions used in determining the benefit obligations as of December 31, are as follows:  

Weighted average discount rate  
Rate of increase in future compensation levels  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2011 
4.40% 
3.50% 

2010 
5.54% 
3.50% 

2011 
4.40% 
                   -

2010 
5.54% 
                      -

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement health care plan.   The annual rates of increase in the per capita cost of covered medical and prescription drug benefits for year-end 
calculations were assumed to be 8.00% for each year.  The rates were assumed to decrease gradually to 5.00% in 2015 and remain at that level thereafter.  

Page 71 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
The composition of the net periodic benefit plan cost for the years ended December 31 is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Amortization of transition obligation  
Amortization of net losses  
Net periodic benefit plan cost  

               Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2011 

2010 

2011 

2010 

 $             328 
                414 
              (625) 
                     -
                247 
 $             364 

 $             261 
                376 
              (554) 
                     -
                200 
 $             283 

 $                  -
                  19 
                     -
                  18 
                    1 
 $               38 

 $                     -
                     20 
                        -
                     18 
                        -
 $                  38 

The significant assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit plan cost for years ended December 31 were as follows:  

Weighted average discount rate  
Expected long term rate of return on plan assets  
Rate of increase in future compensation levels  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2011 
5.54% 
8.00% 
3.50% 

2010 
6.25% 
8.00% 
3.50% 

2011 
5.54% 
                   -
                   -

2010 
6.25% 
                      -
                      -

The  long  term  rate  of  return  on  assets  assumption  was  set  based  on  historical  returns  earned  by  equities  and  fixed  income  securities,  adjusted  to  reflect  expectations  of  future  returns  as  applied  to  the  plan’s  target  allocation  of  asset 
classes.  Equities  and  fixed  income  securities  were  assumed  to  earn  real  rates  of  return  in  the  ranges  of  5.0%-9.0%  and  2.0%-6.0%,  respectively.  The  long-term  inflation  rate  was  estimated  to  be  3.0%.  When  these  overall  return 
expectations are applied to the plan’s target allocation, the expected rate of return was determined to be in the range of 7.0% to 11.0%.  Management has chosen to use an 8% expected long-term rate of return to reflect current economic 
conditions and expected returns.  

The estimated net actuarial  loss  that will be amortized from  accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit plan cost during 2012 is $522,000.  The estimated amortization of the unrecognized transition obligation and 
actuarial loss for the post retirement health plan in 2012 is $15,000.  The expected net periodic benefit plan cost for 2012 is estimated at $649,000 for both retirement plans.  

Plan assets are invested in diversified investment funds of the RSI Retirement Trust (the “Trust”), a private placement investment fund.  The investment funds include a series of equity and bond mutual funds or commingled trust funds, 
each with its own investment objectives, investment strategies and risks, as detailed in the Statement of Investment Objectives and Guidelines.  The Trust has been given discretion by the Plan Sponsor to determine the appropriate strategic 
asset allocation versus plan liabilities, as governed by the Trust’s Statement of Investment Objectives and Guidelines.  

The long-term investment objectives are to maintain plan assets at a level that will sufficiently cover long-term obligations and to generate a return on plan assets that will meet or exceed the rate at which long-term obligations will grow.  A 
broadly diversified combination of equity and fixed income portfolios and various risk management techniques are used to help achieve these objectives.  

In  addition,  significant  consideration  is paid  to  the  plan’s  funding  levels  when  determining  the  overall  asset  allocation.  If the  plan  is  considered  to be well-funded,  approximately  65%  of  the  plan’s  assets  are  allocated to  equities and 
approximately 35% allocated to fixed-income.  If the plan is does not satisfy the criteria for a well-funded plan, approximately 50% of the plan’s assets are allocated to equities and approximately 50% allocated to fixed-income.  Asset 
rebalancing normally occurs when the equity and fixed-income allocations vary by more than 10% from their respective targets (i.e., a 20% policy range guideline).  

Page 72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
The investment goal is to achieve investment results that will contribute to the proper funding of the pension plan by exceeding the rate of inflation over the long-term.  In addition, investment managers for the Trust are expected to provide 
above average performance when compared to their peer managers.  Performance volatility is also monitored.  Risk/volatility is further managed by the distinct investment objectives of each of the Trust funds and the diversification within 
each fund.  

Pension plan assets measured at fair value are summarized below:  

(In thousands)  
Asset Category:  
Mutual funds - equity  

Large-cap value (a)  
Small-cap core (b)  

Common/collective trusts - equity  

Large-cap core (c)  
Large-cap value (d)  
Large-cap growth (e)  
International core (f)  

Common/collective trusts - fixed income  

Market duration fixed (g)  

At December 31, 2011  

Level 1   

Level 2   

Level 3   

Total Fair   
Value   

  $ 

  $ 

675   
895   

  $ 

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  

798   
393   
1,087   
830   

2,871   

  $ 

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  

675   
895   

798   
393   
1,087   
830   

2,871   

Total  

   $ 

1,570       $ 

5,979       $ 

-      $ 

7,549   

(In thousands)  
Asset Category:  
Mutual funds - equity  

Large-cap value (a)  
Small-cap core (b)  
Common/collective trusts - equity  
Large-cap core (c)  
Large-cap value (d)  
Large-cap growth (e)  
International core (f)  

Common/collective trusts - fixed income  
Market duration fixed (g)  

Total  

At December 31, 2010  

Level 1   

Level 2   

Level 3   

Total Fair   
Value   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

711   
949   

  $ 

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

810   
411   
1,164   
1,081   

-  
1,660   

  $ 

2,764   
6,230   

  $ 

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

711   
949   

810   
411   
1,164   
1,081   

2,764   
7,890   

Page 73 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
          
          
          
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

(a)   This category consists of investments whose sector and industry exposures are maintained within a narrow band around Russell 1000 index.  The portfolio holds approximately 150 stocks.  
(b)   This category contains stocks whose sector weightings are maintained within a narrow band around those of the Russell 2000 index.  The portfolio will typically hold more than 150 stocks.  
(c)   This fund tracks the performance of the S&P 500 Index by purchasing the securities represented in the Index in approximately the same weightings as the Index.  
(d)   This category contains large-cap stocks with above-average yields.  The portfolio typically holds between 60 and 70 stocks.  
(e)   This category consists of a portfolio of between 45 and 65 stocks that will typically overweight technology and health care.  
(f)   This category consists of a broadly diversified portfolio of non-U.S. domiciled stocks.  The portfolio will typically hold more than 200 stocks, with 0% - 35% invested in emerging markets securities.  
(g)   This category consists of an index fund that tracks the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.  The fund invests in Treasury, agency, corporate, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.  

Funds  that  are  mutual  funds  and  actively  traded  qualify  as  “Level  1”  assets  because  market  values  are  readily  available  and  accessible  (“using  quoted  prices  in  active  markets”).   Funds  referred  to  as  “common/collective  trusts”  are 
proprietary funds that are not available to the general public.  These funds hold assets that are easy to value and, individually, are readily available and accessible, so that the fund manager can easily produce a value, satisfying the condition 
that a value is determined from “significant other observable inputs”.   

For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, the Bank expects to contribute approximately $28,000 to the postretirement plan.  In January 2012, the Bank made a contribution of $2.6 million to the pension plan in response to the unfunded 
pension liability of $2.6 million recorded at December 31, 2011.  Additional contributions may be made in 2012.  

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid from both retirement plans:  

Years ending December 31:  
(In thousands)  

2012  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
Years 2017 - 2021  

Pension  
Benefits  

 $         212  
            220  
            230  
            241  
            254  
          1,715  

Postretirement  
Benefits  

 $           28  
              30  
              33  
              33  
              33  
            156  

Total  

 $         240  
            250  
            263  
            274  
            287  
          1,871  

The Company also offers a 401(k) plan to its employees.  Contributions to this plan by the Company were $176,000 and $160,000 for 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

The Company maintains optional deferred compensation plans for its directors and certain executive officers, whereby fees and income normally received are deferred and paid by the Company based upon a payment schedule commencing 
at age 65 and continuing monthly for 10 years. Directors must serve on the board for a minimum of 5 years to be eligible for the Plan. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, other liabilities include approximately $1,929,000 and $1,872,000, 
respectively, relating to deferred compensation. Deferred compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 amounted to approximately $224,000 and $225,000, respectively.  

Page 74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
The Company has a supplemental executive retirement plan for the benefit of the Chief Executive Officer and a retired Chief Executive Officer.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, other liabilities included approximately $218,000 and 
$259,000 accrued under this plan. Compensation expense includes approximately $19,000 relating to the supplemental executive retirement plan for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $22,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  

To assist in the funding of the Company’s benefits under the supplemental executive retirement plan, the Company is the owner of single premium life insurance policies on selected participants.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the cash 
surrender values of these policies were $7,939,000 and $6,915,000, respectively.  The increase in the surrender values was primarily the result of purchases of life insurance policies in the second quarter of 2011.  

Page 75 

 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 13: OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS  

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income.  Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains 
and losses on available-for-sale securities, the effective portion of cash-flow hedges, and unrecognized gains and losses and transition assets or obligations for defined benefit pension and post retirement plans are reported as a separate 
component of the shareholders’ equity section of the consolidated statements of condition, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.  

The components of other comprehensive loss and the related tax effect for the years ended December 31, are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Unrealized holding (losses) gains on securities available for sale:  

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period  
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income  
Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale  

Unrealized holding loss on financial derivative:  

Unrealized holding loss arising during the period  
Reclassification adjustment for interest expense included in net income  

Net unrealized loss on financial derivative  
Defined benefit pension and post retirement plans:  

Additional plan losses  
Reclassification adjustment for amortization of benefit plans' net loss  

and transition obligation recognized in net periodic expense  

Net change in retirement plans  

Other comprehensive loss before tax  
Tax effect  
Other comprehensive loss  

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of related tax effects, at December 31, are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Unrealized gains on securities available for sale  

(net of tax expense 2011 - $716; 2010 - $110)  

Unrealized losses on financial derivative  

(net of tax benefit 2011 - $80; 2010 - $44)  

Net pension losses  

(net of tax benefit 2011 - $2,376; 2010 - $1,334)  

Net post-retirement losses and transition obligation  
(net of tax benefit 2011 - $36; 2010 - $25)  

NOTE 14:  STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS  

The February 1997 Stock Option Plan  

2011   

2010 

 $           2,306   
               (791)   
              1,515   

               (151)   
                   61   
                 (90)   

 $                70 
               (211) 
               (141) 

               (170) 
                   60 
               (110) 

            (2,899)   

               (823) 

                 267   
            (2,632)   
            (1,207)   
                 482   
 $            (725)   

                 218 
               (605) 
               (856) 
                 342 
 $            (514) 

  $ 

  $ 

2011   

1,073   

(120 ) 

(3,564 ) 

(53 ) 
(2,664 ) 

2010   

164   

(66 ) 

(2,001 ) 

(36 ) 
(1,939 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

In February 1997, the Board of Directors approved an option plan and granted options thereunder with an exercise price equal to the market value of the Company’s shares at the date of grant.  Under the Stock Option Plan, up to 132,249 
options had been authorized for grant of incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options.  None of the original options granted prior to July 2001 remain outstanding at December 31, 2011.  

Page 76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
Table of Contents 
In July 2001, the Board approved the issuance of 38,499 stock options remaining in the 1997 Stock Option Plan.  The exercise price was equal to the market value of the Company's shares at the date of grant ($8.34).  The options granted 
under the issuance had a 10-year term and expired on July 31, 2011.  

The April 2010 Stock Option Plan  

In June 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the grant of stock option awards to its Directors and Executive Officers under the 2010 Stock Option Plan that was approved at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on April 
28, 2010 when 150,000 shares were authorized for award.  A total of 45,000 stock option awards were granted to the nine directors of the Company and 75,000 stock option awards, in total, were granted to the Chief Executive Officer and 
the Company’s four Senior Vice Presidents.  The awards will vest ratably over five years (20% per year for each year of the participant’s service with the Company) and will expire ten years from the date of the grant, or June 2021.  

The fair value of each option grant was established at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model used the following weighted average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 2.2%; volatility 
factors of the expected market price of the Company's common stock of .45; weighted average expected lives of the options of 7.0 years: cash dividend yield of 1.49%. Based upon these assumptions, the weighted average fair value of 
options granted was $3.77.  

The compensation expense of the awards is based on the fair value of the instruments on the date of grant.  The Company recorded compensation expense in the amount of $47,000 in 2011, and is expected to record $90,000 in each of the 
years 2012 through 2015, and $43,000 in 2016.  

At December 31, 2011, there were 120,000 options outstanding, none of which were vested, all had an exercise price of $9.00 and an average remaining contractual life of 9.5 years.  

Activity in the stock option plans is as follows:  

(Shares in thousands)  
Outstanding at January 1, 2010  

Exercised  
Expired  

Outstanding at December 31, 2010  

Granted  
Exercised  
Expired  

Outstanding at December 31, 2011  

Options   
Outstanding   

Weighted         
Average   
   Exercise Price   

19       $ 
-        
-        
19       $ 
120       $ 
(8 )       
(11 )       
120       $ 

8.34         
-        
-        
8.34         
9.00         
8.34         
8.34         
9.00         

Shares   
Exercisable   
19   

19   
-  
(8 ) 
(11 ) 
-  

The aggregate intrinsic value of a stock option represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option) that would have been received by the 
option holders had all option holders exercised their options prior to the expiration date.  The intrinsic value changes based on fluctuations in the market value of the Company’s stock.  The intrinsic value of the 8,000 options exercised 
during 2011 was $11,000.  At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 the market value of the Company’s stock was less than the stock option price, and therefore, the outstanding and exercisable stock options had no aggregate intrinsic 
value.  

Page 77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
    
     
    
     
     
     
     
     
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 15:  EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN  

The Company established the Pathfinder Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“Plan”) to purchase stock of the Company for the benefit of its employees.  In July 2011, the Plan received a $1.1 million loan from Community Bank, N.A. 
to fund the Plan’s purchase of 125,000 shares of the Company’s treasury stock.  The loan is to be repaid in equal quarterly installments of principal plus interest over ten years beginning October 1, 2011.  Interest will accrue at the Wall 
Street Journal Prime Rate plus 1.00%, and is secured by the unallocated shares of the ESOP stock.  In accordance with the payment of principal and interest on the loan, a proportionate number of shares will be allocated to the employees 
over the ten year time horizon of the loan.  Participants’ vesting interest in the shares of Company stock will be at the rate of 20% per year.  The Company recorded $72,000 in compensation expense in 2011, including $7,000 for dividends 
on unallocated shares.  At December 31, 2011, there were 117,895 unearned ESOP shares with a fair value of $1.1 million.  

NOTE 16: INCOME TAXES  

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Current  
Deferred  

The provision for income taxes includes the following:  

(In thousands)  
Federal Income Tax  
New York State Franchise Tax  

2011      
(149 )    $ 
1,193        
1,044      $ 

2010   
744   
263   
1,007   

2011      
968      $ 
76        
1,044      $ 

2010   
911   
96   
1,007   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Page 78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
Table of Contents 

The components of the net deferred tax asset, included in other assets as of December 31, are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Assets:  

Deferred compensation  
Allowance for loan losses  
Postretirement benefits  
Mortgage recording tax credit carryforward  
Impairment losses on investment securities  
Capital loss carryforward  
AMT credit carryforward  
Pension liability  
Other  

Liabilities:  

Pension asset  
Depreciation  
Accretion  
Loan origination fees  
Intangible assets  
Investment securities and financial derivative  
Prepaid expenses  

Less: deferred tax asset valuation allowance  

Net deferred tax asset  

2011   

832   
1,540   
156   
277   
342   
307   
59   
85   
106   
3,704   

-  
(749 ) 
(45 ) 
(221 ) 
(1,409 ) 
(636 ) 
(114 ) 
(3,174 ) 
530   
(458 ) 
72   

  $ 

  $ 

2010   

825   
1,411   
141   
242   
686   
-  
-  
-  
165   
3,470   

(136 ) 
(359 ) 
(48 ) 
(278 ) 
(1,220 ) 
(52 ) 
(168 ) 
(2,261 ) 
1,209   
(458 ) 
751   

  $ 

  $ 

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income or the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carry back period.  A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that 
some portion, or all of the deferred tax assets, will not be realized.  In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers the scheduled reversal of the deferred tax liabilities, the level of historical taxable income and the 
projected future level  of taxable income over the  periods in which the  temporary differences comprising  the deferred  tax assets  will  be deductible.  The  judgment about the level of future taxable income  is inherently subjective and is 
reviewed on a  continual basis as regulatory and business factors change.  The valuation allowance  of  $458,000 represents the  portion of the deferred tax asset that management  believes  may not be realizable, as the  Company may  not 
generate sufficient capital gains to offset its capital losses.  

Page 79 

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
     
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, is as follows:  

Federal statutory income tax rate  
State tax, net of federal benefit  
Tax-exempt interest income  
Increase in value of bank owned life insurance less premiums paid  
Gain on proceeds from bank owned life insurance  
Other  
Effective income tax rate  

2011      
34.0 %     
1.5        
(4.4 )      
(1.9 )      
-       
1.8        
31.0 %     

2010   
34.0 % 
1.8   
(3.4 ) 
(2.3 ) 
(1.5 ) 
0.1   
28.7 % 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not have any uncertain tax positions.  The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties, if any, in income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  The tax years 
subject to examination by the Federal and New York State taxing authorities are the years ended December 31, 2008 through 2011.  

NOTE 17: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters 
of credit.  Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statement of condition. The contractual amount of those commitments to extend credit reflects the 
extent of involvement the Company has in this particular class of financial instrument. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is 
represented by the contractual amount of the instrument.  The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.  

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:  

(In thousands)  
Commitments to grant loans  
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit  
Standby letters of credit  

  $ 

Contract Amount  

2011      
9,010      $ 
17,174        
1,595        

2010   
9,591   
18,950   
1,524   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may 
require  payment of  a  fee.  Since some  of  the commitment  amounts  are expected  to expire  without  being  drawn upon, the  total commitment  amounts  do not  necessarily  represent future cash  requirements.  The Company evaluates  each 
customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counter party. Collateral held varies 
but may include residential real estate and income-producing commercial properties.  Loan commitments outstanding at December 31, 2011 with fixed interest rates amounted to approximately $4.5 million. Loan commitments, including 
unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit, outstanding at December 31, 2011 with variable interest rates amounted to approximately $23.3 million.  These outstanding loan commitments carry current market rates.  

Page 80 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
Table of Contents 
Unfunded commitments under standby letters of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers.  These lines of credit usually do not contain a 
specified maturity date and may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed.  

Letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Generally, all letters of credit, when issued have expiration dates within one year.  The credit risk 
involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as those that are involved in extending loan facilities to customers.  The Company generally holds collateral and/or personal guarantees supporting these commitments.  Management 
believes that the proceeds obtained through a liquidation of collateral and the enforcement of guarantees would be sufficient to cover the potential amount of future payments required under the corresponding guarantees.  The amount of the 
liability as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued is not material.  

The Company leases land and leasehold improvements under agreements that expire in various years with renewal options over the next 30 years.  Rental expense, included in building occupancy expense, amounted to $73,000 for 2011 and 
$67,000 for 2010.  

Approximate minimum rental commitments for non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:  

Years Ending December 31:  
(In thousands)  
2012  
2013  

Total minimum lease payments  

 $           65 
              30 
 $           95 

The total amount of minimum rents to be received in the future under non-cancelable subleases is $16,000.  

NOTE 18: DIVIDENDS AND RESTRICTIONS  

The Board of Directors of Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C., determines whether the Holding Company will waive or receive dividends declared by the Company, subject to regulatory approval, each time the Company declares a dividend, 
which is expected to be on a quarterly basis. The Holding Company may elect to receive dividends and utilize such funds to pay expenses or for other allowable purposes. The FRB has indicated that (i) the Holding Company shall provide 
the FRB annually with written notice of its intent to waive its dividends prior to the proposed date of the dividend and the FRB shall have the authority to approve or deny any dividend waiver request; (ii) if a waiver is granted, dividends 
waived by the Holding Company will be excluded from the Company’s capital accounts for purposes of calculating dividend payments to minority shareholders.  During 2011 and 2010, the Company paid or accrued dividends totaling 
$190,000 to the Holding Company in each of these two years. The Holding Company did not waive the right to receive its portion of the cash dividends declared during 2011 or 2010.  

The Company's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders is largely dependent on the Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Company.  In addition to state law requirements and the capital requirements discussed in Note 19, federal statutes, 
regulations and policies limit the circumstances under which the Bank may pay dividends.  The amount of retained earnings legally available under these regulations approximated $5,619,000 as of December 31, 2011.  Dividends paid by 
the Bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.  The Company is prohibited from accepting or directing the Bank to declare 
or pay a dividend or other capital distributions without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board.  

Page 81 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
Since the Company has chosen to participate in the Treasury’s SBLF program, it is permitted to pay dividends on its common stock provided certain Tier 1 capital minimums are exceeded and SBLF dividends have been declared and paid 
to Treasury as of the most recent dividend period.  

NOTE 19: REGULATORY MATTERS  

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by 
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet 
specific  capital  guidelines  that  involve  quantitative  measures  of  its  assets,  liabilities,  and  certain  off-balance  sheet  items  as  calculated  under  regulatory  accounting  practices.  The  capital  amounts  and  classifications  are  also  subject  to 
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.  

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as 
defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank’s most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as “well-capitalized”, under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as 
“well-capitalized”, the Bank must maintain total risk based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the tables below. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the 
Bank’s category.  

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are presented in the following table.  

(Dollars in thousands)  
As of December 31, 2011:  

Total Core Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)  
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)  
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)  

As of December 31, 2010  

Total Core Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)  
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)  
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)  

                           Actual  
Amount 

Ratio 

 $    43,670 
 $    39,917 
 $    39,917 

 $    35,837 
 $    32,440 
 $    32,440 

14.9% 
13.7% 
9.4% 

13.5% 
12.2% 
8.1% 

Minimum  
For Capital  
Adequacy Purposes  
Amount 

Ratio 

 $  23,386 
 $  11,693 
 $  17,041 

 $  21,197 
 $  10,598 
 $  16,001 

8.0% 
4.0% 
4.0% 

8.0% 
4.0% 
4.0% 

Minimum  
To Be "Well-  
Capitalized"  
Under Prompt  
Corrective Provisions  

Amount 

Ratio 

 $  29,233 
 $  17,540 
 $  21,301 

 $  26,496 
 $  15,898 
 $  20,002 

10.0% 
6.0% 
5.0% 

10.0% 
6.0% 
5.0% 

On September 11, 2009, the Company entered into the Purchase Agreement with the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to which the Company has issued and sold to Treasury: (i) 6,771 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate 
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $0.01 per share, having a liquidation amount per share equal to $1,000, for a total price of $6,771,000; and (ii) a Warrant to purchase 154,354 shares of the Company’s common 
stock, par value $0.01 per share, at an exercise price per share of $6.58.  The Company contributed to the Bank, its subsidiary, $5,500,000 or 81.23% of the proceeds of the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock.  

Page 82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
The $6,771,000 of proceeds was allocated to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant based on their relative fair values at issuance ($6,065,000 was allocated to the Series A Preferred Stock and $706,000 to the Warrant).  

On September 1, 2011, the Company redeemed all 6,771 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock Series A.  The Company paid $6,786,000 to the Treasury Department to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, which 
included the original investment of $6,771,000, plus accrued dividends.  

In connection with this redemption, on September 1, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury (“Treasury”) pursuant to which the Company sold to the Treasury, 13,000 shares of 
its Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred  Stock,  Series B (“Series B  Preferred Stock”), having a  liquidation  preference of $1,000  per share for  aggregate proceeds of  $13,000,000.  This transaction was entered  into as part of the 
Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund Program (“SBLF”).  

Accordingly, the Company is no longer subject to restrictions of the CPP program.  The SBLF program does have its own requirements, which are summarized below:  

The  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  is  entitled  to  receive  non-cumulative  dividends  payable  quarterly,  on  each  January  1,  April  1,  July  1  and  October  1,  beginning  October  1,  2011.  The  dividend  rate,  which  is  calculated  on  the  aggregate 
Liquidation Amount, was initially set at 4.2% per annum based upon the current level of “Qualified Small Business Lending”, or “QSBL” (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, the 
Bank.  The  dividend  rate  for  future  dividend  periods  will  be  set  based  upon  the  “Percentage  Change  in  Qualified  Lending”  (as  defined  in  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement)  between  each  dividend  period  and  the  “Baseline”  QSBL 
level.  Such dividend rate may vary from 1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through tenth dividend periods, from 1% per annum to 7% per annum for the eleventh through the first half of the nineteenth dividend periods.   If the 
Series  B  Preferred  Stock  remains  outstanding  for  more  than  four-and-one-half  years,  the  dividend  rate  will  be  fixed  at  9%.  Prior  to  that  time,  in  general,  the  dividend  rate  decreases  as  the  level  of  the  Bank’s  QSBL  increases.   The 
Company’s dividend rate as of the date of this report is 3.56%. Such dividends are not cumulative, but the Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred 
Stock) if it has declared and paid dividends for the current dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock, and will be subject to other restrictions on its ability to repurchase or redeem other securities.    

The Company may redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the sum of the Liquidation Amount per share and the per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the then-
current period, subject to any required prior approval by the Company’s primary federal banking regulator.  

The Company’s ability to pay common stock dividends is conditional on payment of the Series B Preferred Stock Dividends described above.  In addition, the SBLF program requires the Company to file quarterly reports on QSBL lending 
reported on by its Auditor annually.  The Company must also outreach and advertise the availability of QSBL to organizations and individuals who represent minorities, woman and veterans.  The Company must annually certify that no 
business loans are made to principals of businesses who have been convicted of a sex crime against a minor.  Finally, the SBLF program requires the Company to file quarterly, annual and other reports provided to shareholders concurrently 
with the Treasury.  

The Company’s goal is to maintain a strong capital position, consistent with the risk profile of its subsidiary banks that supports growth and expansion activities while at the same time exceeding regulatory standards.  At December 31, 
2011, the Bank exceeded all regulatory required minimum capital ratios and met the regulatory definition of a “well-capitalized” institution, i.e. a leverage capital ratio exceeding 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio exceeding 6% and a total 
risk-based capital ratio exceeding 10%.  

The Bank is required to maintain average balances on hand or with the Federal Reserve Bank.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, these reserve balances amounted to $2,582,000 and $2,804,000, respectively.  

Page 83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
Table of Contents 
NOTE 20: INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVE  

Derivative instruments are entered into primarily as a risk management tool of the Company. Financial derivatives are recorded at fair value as other assets and other liabilities. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative 
depends  on whether  it has been designated and  qualifies  as  part  of  a  hedging relationship. For a  fair  value hedge,  changes in the fair  value  of  the derivative  instrument  and changes in the  fair  value of the hedged  asset or  liability are 
recognized currently in earnings. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument, to the extent that it is effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified to earnings as the 
hedged transaction impacts net income. Any ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge is recognized currently in earnings.  See Note 21 for further discussion of the fair value of the interest rate derivative.  

The Company has $5 million of floating rate trust preferred debt indexed to 3-month LIBOR.  As a result, it is exposed to variability in cash flows related to changes in projected interest payments caused by changes in the benchmark 
interest rate.   During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement, with a $2.0 million notional amount, to convert a portion of the variable-rate junior subordinated debentures to a fixed rate 
for a term of approximately 7 years at a rate of 4.96%.  The derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge.  The hedging strategy ensures that changes in cash flows from the derivative will be highly effective at offsetting changes in interest 
expense from the hedged exposure.  

The following table summarizes the fair value of outstanding derivatives and their presentation on the statements of condition as of December 31:  

 (In thousands)  
 Cash flow hedge:  

2011  

2010  

 Other liabilities  

 $                         200   $                         110 

The change in accumulated other comprehensive loss, on a pretax basis, and the impact on earnings from the interest rate swap that qualifies as a cash flow hedge for the year ended December 31 were as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Balance as of January 1:  

Amount of losses recognized in other comprehensive income  
Amount of loss reclassified from other comprehensive income  
     and recognized as interest expense  

Balance as of December 31:  

2011  

2010  

 $                (110)  
                   (151)  

 $                    -  
                   (170)  

                      61  
 $                (200)  

                      60  
 $                (110)  

No  amount  of  ineffectiveness  has  been  included  in  earnings  and  the  changes  in  fair  value  have  been  recorded  in  other  comprehensive  income.  Some  or  the  entire  amount  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  would  be 
reclassified into current earnings should a portion of, or the entire hedge no longer be considered effective, but at this time, management expects the hedge to remain fully effective during the remaining term of the swap.  

The Company posted cash, of $200,000, under collateral arrangements to satisfy collateral requirements associated with the interest rate swap contract.  

Page 84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE 21: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS AND DISCLOSURES  

Accounting guidance related to fair value measurements and disclosures specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect 
market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our market assumptions. These two types of inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy:  

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.  

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant 
value drivers are observable in active markets.  

Level 3 – Model-derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.  

An asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value:  

Investment securities:  The fair values of securities available for sale are obtained from an independent third party and are based on quoted prices on nationally recognized exchange (Level 1), where available.  If quoted prices are not 
available, fair values are measured by utilizing matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for specific securities but rather by relying 
on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2).  Management made no adjustment to the fair value quotes that were received from the independent third party pricing service.  

Interest rate swap derivative:  The fair value of the interest rate swap derivative is calculated based on a discounted cash flow model. All future floating cash flows are projected and both floating and fixed cash flows are discounted to the 
valuation date.  The curve utilized for discounting and projecting is built by obtaining publicly available third party market quotes for various swap maturity terms.  

Impaired loans: Impaired loans are those loans in which the Company has measured impairment generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral.  Fair value is generally determined based upon independent third party appraisals of 
the properties and/or estimates by management of working capital collateral or discounted cash flows based upon expected proceeds.  These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to 
the fair value measurements.  The fair value consists of loan balances less their valuation allowances.  

Foreclosed real estate:  The fair values for foreclosed real estate are determined based upon evaluations by third parties less costs to sell.  

Page 85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The following tables summarize assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:  

(In thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed – US agency  
Residential mortgage-backed - private label  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total investment securities  

 2011  

         Level 1 

       Level 2 

     Level 3 

 $                 -
                    -
                    -
                    -
                    -

            1,298 
            1,024 
                    -
                 25 
 $         2,347 

 $        5,073 
         20,304 
         20,434 
         51,056 
              519 

                   -
                   -
              243 
              419 
 $      98,048 

 $             -
                -
                -
                -
                -

                -
                -
                -
                -
 $             -

Total Fair 
Value 

 $     5,073 
      20,304 
      20,434 
      51,056 
           519 

        1,298 
        1,024 
           243 
           444 
 $ 100,395 

Interest rate swap derivative  

 $                 -

 $         (200) 

 $             -

 $      (200) 

(In thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed – US agency  
Residential mortgage-backed - private label  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total investment securities  

2010  

         Level 1 

       Level 2 

     Level 3 

 $                 -
                    -
                    -
                    -
                    -

            1,558 
            1,222 
                    -
                 36 
 $         2,816 

 $      20,023 
         18,979 
           5,600 
         36,409 
              837 

                   -
                   -
              244 
              419 
 $      82,511 

 $             -
                -
                -
                -
                -

                -
                -
                -
                -
 $             -

Total Fair 
Value 

 $   20,023 
      18,979 
        5,600 
      36,409 
           837 

        1,558 
        1,222 
           244 
           455 
 $   85,327 

Interest rate swap derivative  

 $                 -

 $         (110) 

 $             -

 $      (110) 

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when 
there is evidence of impairment).  

Page 86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

The following tables summarize assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:  

(In thousands)  
Impaired loans  
Foreclosed real estate  

(In thousands)  
Impaired loans  

         Level 1 
 $    -
 -

2011  

       Level 2 
 $    -
 -

2010  

     Level 3 
 $     1,608 
 $        165 

         Level 1 
 $    -

       Level 2 
 $    -

     Level 3 
 $     3,251 

Total Fair 
Value 
 $     1,608 
 $        165 

Total Fair 
Value 
 $     3,251 

There have been no transfers of assets in or out of any fair value measurement level.  

Required disclosures include fair value information of financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the consolidated statement of condition, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. In cases where quoted market prices are not 
available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that 
regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument.  

Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique.  Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair 
value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a sales transaction on the dates indicated.  The estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective period-ends, 
and have not been re-evaluated or updated for purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those respective dates.  As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be 
different than the amounts reported at each period-end.  

The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities.  Due to a wide range of 
valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company’s disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful.  The Company, in estimating its fair value disclosures 
for financial instruments, used the following methods and assumptions:  

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amounts of these assets approximate their fair value.  

Interest earning time deposits – The carrying amounts of these assets approximate their fair value.  

Investment securities – The fair values of securities available for sale are obtained from an independent third party and are based on quoted prices on nationally recognized exchange (Level 1), where available.  If quoted prices are not 
available, fair values are measured by utilizing matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for specific securities, but rather by relying 
on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2).  Management made no adjustment to the fair value quotes that were received from the independent third party pricing service.  

Page 87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock – The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value.  

Loans – The fair values of portfolio loans, excluding impaired loans (see previous discussion of methods and assumptions), are estimated using an option adjusted discounted cash flow model that discounts future cash flows using recent 
market interest rates, market volatility and credit spread assumptions.  

Accrued interest receivable and payable – The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value.  

Mortgage servicing rights - The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value.  

Interest rate swap derivative - The fair value of the interest rate swap derivative is calculated based on a discounted cash flow model. All future floating cash flows are projected and both floating and fixed cash flows are discounted to the 
valuation date.  The curve utilized for discounting and projecting is built by obtaining publicly available third party market quotes for various swap maturity terms.  

Deposits – The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking, passbook savings and certain types of money management accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on 
demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts).  Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered in the market on certificates 
of deposits to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.  

Borrowings – Fixed/variable term “bullet” structures are valued using a replacement cost of funds approach.  These borrowings are discounted to the FHLBNY advance curve.  Option structured borrowings’ fair values are determined by 
the FHLB for borrowings that include a call or conversion option.  If market pricing is not available from this source, current market indications from the FHLBNY are obtained and the borrowings are discounted to the FHLBNY advance 
curve less an appropriate spread to adjust for the option.  

Junior subordinated debentures – Current economic conditions have rendered the market for this liability inactive.  As such, we are unable to determine a good estimate of fair value.  Since the rate paid on the debentures held is lower than 
what would be required to secure an interest in the same debt at year end, and we are unable to obtain a current fair value, we have disclosed that the carrying value approximates the fair value.  

Off-balance  sheet  instruments  –  Fair  values  for  the  Company’s  off-balance  sheet  instruments  are  based  on  fees  currently  charged  to  enter  into  similar  agreements,  taking  into  account  the  remaining  terms  of  the  agreements  and  the 
counterparties’ credit standing.  Such fees were not material at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  

Page 88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31 are presented in the following table:  

(In thousands)  
Financial assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Interest earning time deposits  
Investment securities  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock  
Net loans  
Accrued interest receivable  
Mortgage servicing rights  
Financial liabilities:  
Deposits  
Borrowings  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Accrued interest payable  
Interest rate swap derivative  
Off-balance sheet instruments:  
Standby letters of credit  
Commitments to extend credit  

2011  

2010  

Carrying   
Amounts   

Estimated   
Fair Values   

Carrying   
Amounts   

Estimated   
Fair Values   

10,218       $ 
2,000         
100,395         
1,528         
300,770         
1,685         
8         

366,129       $ 
26,074         
5,155         
145         
200         

10,218       $ 
2,000         
100,395         
1,528         
310,218         
1,685         
8         

369,154       $ 
27,322         
5,155         
145         
200         

13,763       $ 
-        
85,327         
2,134         
281,648         
1,709         
35         

326,502       $ 
41,000         
5,155         
148         
110         

-      $ 
-      $ 

-      $ 
-      $ 

-      $ 
-      $ 

13,763   
-  
85,327   
2,134   
290,049   
1,709   
35   

328,963   
41,984   
5,155   
148   
110   

-  
-  

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 
   $ 

NOTE 22: PARENT COMPANY – FINANCIAL INFORMATION  

The following represents the condensed financial information of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31:  

Statements of Condition  
(In thousands)  
Assets  

Cash  
Investments  
Investment in bank subsidiary  
Investment in non-bank subsidiary  
Other assets  

Total assets  

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity  

Accrued liabilities  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Shareholders' equity  

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity  

2011   

201 0   

1,729   
23   
41,213   
155   
328   
43,448   

452   
5,155   
37,841   
43,448   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,199   
24   
34,408   
155   
166   
35,952   

205   
5,155   
30,592   
35,952   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Page 89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
          
          
          
    
     
     
     
     
     
          
          
          
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
Table of Contents 

Statements of Income  
(In thousands)  
Income  
Dividends from bank subsidiary  
Dividends from non-bank subsidiary  
Total income  
Expenses  
Interest  
Operating  
Total expenses  

(Loss)/income before taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  

Tax benefit  

(Loss)/income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  

Net income  

Statements of Cash Flows  
(In thousands)  
Operating Activities  
Net Income  
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  
Stock based compensation and ESOP expense  
Net change in other assets and liabilities  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities  

Investing Activities  

Capital contributed to wholly-owned bank subsidiary  

Net cash used in investing activities  

Financing activities  

Proceeds from sale of preferred stock -SBLF  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  
Redemption of preferred stock - CPP  
Cash dividends paid to preferred shareholders  
Cash dividends paid to common shareholders  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  

2011 

201 0 

 $               -
                 4 
                 4 

              163 
              200 
              363 
            (359) 
              108 
            (251) 
           2,574 
 $        2,323 

 $           700 
                  4 
              704 

              164 
              171 
              335 
              369 
                98 
              467 
            2,038 
 $         2,505 

2011 

2010 

 $        2,323 
          (2,574) 
              112 
               29 
            (110) 

 $         2,505 
          (2,038) 
                     -  
              127 
              594 

          (4,900) 
          (4,900) 

                  -
                -

         13,000 
               66 
          (6,771) 
            (457) 
            (298) 
           5,540 
              530 
           1,199 
 $        1,729 

                  -
                  -
                  -
             (339) 
             (298) 
             (637) 
              (43) 
            1,242 
 $         1,199 

Page 90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE 23:  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted loans to certain directors, executive officers and their affiliates (collectively referred to as “related parties”).  These loans were made on substantially the same terms, including 
interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other unaffiliated parties and do not involve more than normal risk of collectibility.  

The following represents the activity associated with loans to related parties during the year ended December 31, 2011:  

(In thousands)  
Balance at the beginning of the year  

Originations  
Principal payments  
Decrease due to Director attrition  

Balance at the end of the year  

 $         5,810 
            1,453 
          (1,274) 
          (2,236) 
 $         3,753 

At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Bank had a loan receivable from the Holding Company of $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively.   Interest paid by the Holding Company for the years ended 2011 and 2010 was 
$59,000 and $64,000, respectively.  

Deposits of related parties at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were $2.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively.  

In October 2002, the Company entered into a land lease with one of its directors on an arms-length basis. In January 2006, the Company entered into a lease with the Holding Company for the use of a training facility.  This lease was 
executed on an arms-length basis.  During 2010, the Company entered into an arm’s length lease with the Holding Company for space that is then sub-leased by the Company to a charitable organization at below-market rents.  Rent expense 
paid to the related parties during 2011 and 2010 was $23,000 and $46,000, respectively, with the decrease due to the departure of the above referenced director during 2011.  

NOTE 24: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS  

On February 1, 2012 the Company repurchased from the Treasury a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 154,354 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price per share of $6.58.  The repurchase price for the Warrant was an 
agreed  upon  price  of  $537,633.  The  Warrant  was  issued  to  Treasury  on  September  11,  2009  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  participation  in  the  Treasury’s  Capital  Purchase  Program  (“CPP”)  as  part  of  the  Troubled  Asset  Relief 
Program. The Company previously redeemed all 6,771 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (“Series A Preferred Stock”) it sold to Treasury on September 11, 2009, in connection with the CPP.  The 
Company paid $6,786,000 to the Treasury to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, which included the original investment of $6,771,000, plus accrued dividends.  

ITEM 9: CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  

None.  

Page 91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 9A: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY  

The Company’s management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 
13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective for the purpose of ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission  (the  “SEC”) (1) is recorded, processed, summarized  and reported within the  time  periods specified in the  SEC’s rules  and forms,  and (2) is  accumulated  and communicated  to the Company’s 
management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is contained in “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this annual report in Form 10-K.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the rules of the Dodd-Frank Act that exempts the 
Company from such attestation and requires only management’s report.  

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting.  

ITEM 9B: OTHER INFORMATION  

None  

Page 92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents 

PART III  

ITEM 10: DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS, CONTROL PERSONS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, COMPLIANCE WITH SECTIONS 16 (A) OF EXCHANGE ACT  

(a)   Information concerning the directors of the Company is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company's Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  
(b)   Set forth below is information concerning the Executive Officers of the Company at December 31, 2011.  

Name  
Thomas W. Schneider  
James A. Dowd, CPA  
Edward A. Mervine  
Melissa A. Miller  
Ronald Tascarella  

ITEM 11: EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

Age  
50  
44  
55  
54  
53  

Positions Held With the Company  
President and Chief Executive Officer  
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer  
Senior Vice President, General Counsel  
Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer  
Senior Vice President, Chief Credit Officer  

Information  with  respect  to  management  compensation  and  transactions  required  under  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  hereunder  in  the  Company's  Proxy  Materials  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  under  the  caption 
"Compensation Committee".  

ITEM 12: SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company’s Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption "Voting Securities and Principal Holders Thereof"  

ITEM 13: CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company’s Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption "Transactions with Certain Related Persons”.  

ITEM 14: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company’s Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption "Audit and Related Fees".  

Page 93 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

PART IV  

ITEM 15: EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

(a)(1)  

Financial Statements - The Company’s consolidated financial statements, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, together with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are filed as part of 
this Form 10-K report.  See “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”  

(a)(2)  

Financial Statement Schedules - All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information is inapplicable or has been included in “Item 7: Management Discussion and Analysis.”  

(b)  

3.1  

3.2  

4  

10.1  

10.2  

10.3  

10.4  

10.5  

10.6  

10.7  

10.8  

Exhibits  

Certificate of Incorporation of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 25, 2001)  

Bylaws of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 15, 2005 and November 28, 2007)  

Form of Stock Certificate of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2001)  

Form of Pathfinder Bank 1997 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's S-8 file no. 333-53027)  

Form of Pathfinder Bank 1997 Recognition and Retention Plan (Incorporated by reference to the Company's S-8 file no. 333-53027)  

2003 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

2003 Trustee Deferred Fee Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Employment Agreement between the Bank and Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Employment Agreement between the Bank and Edward A. Mervine, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Change of Control Agreement between the Bank and Ronald Tascarella (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Change of Control Agreement between the Bank and James A. Dowd (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Page 94 

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

10.9  

10.10  

10.11  

14  

21  

23  

23.1  

31.1  

Change of Control Agreement between the Bank and Melissa A. Miller (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

Executive Supplemental Retirement Agreement between the Bank and Chris C. Gagas (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-
23601)  

Executive Supplemental Retirement Agreement between the Bank and Thomas W. Schneider (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 
000-23601  

Code of Ethics (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003)  

Subsidiaries of Company  

Consent of Bonadio & Co., LLP  

Consent of ParenteBeard LLC  

Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer  

31.2                               Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer  

32.1                                Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer  

99.1    
                                      Stabilization Act of 2008  

 Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic  

99.2                               Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic  

                            Stabilization Act of 2008  

Page 95 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

Signatures  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

Date:  

March 28, 2012  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

By:  /s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

By:   

Date:   

By:   

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider, President and  
Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer)  
March 28, 2012  

/s/ Janette Resnick  
Janette Resnick, Director  
Chairman of the Board  

Date:   

March 28, 2012  

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

/s/ Bruce E. Manwaring  
Bruce E. Manwaring, Director  
March 28, 2012  

/s/ L. William Nelson  
L. William Nelson, Director  
March 28, 2012  

/s/ Corte J. Spencer  
Corte J. Spencer, Director  
March 28, 2012  

/s/ Lloyd Stemple  
Lloyd Stemple, Director  
March 28, 2012  

/s/John P. Funiciello  
John Funiciello, Director  
March 28, 2012  

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

By:   

Date:   

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial Officer)  
March 28, 2012  

/s/ Richard M. Jablonka  
Richard M. Jablonka, Vice President and  
Controller  
(Principal Accounting Officer)  
March 28, 2012  

/s/ William A. Barclay  
William A. Barclay, Director  
March 28, 2012  

/s/ Chris R. Burritt  
Chris R. Burritt, Director  
March 28, 2012  

/s/ George P. Joyce  
George P. Joyce, Director  
March 28, 2012  

/s/ David A. Ayoub  
David Ayoub, Director  
March 28, 2012  

Page 96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

EXHIBIT 21:  SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY  

Company  
Pathfinder Bank  
Pathfinder Statutory Trust II  
Pathfinder Commercial Bank (1)  
Pathfinder REIT, Inc. (1)  
Whispering Oaks Development Corp. (1)  

(1) Wholly owned subsidiary of Pathfinder Bank.  

EXHIBIT 23: CONSENT OF BONADIO & CO., LLP  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Oswego, New York  

Percent Owned  
100%  
100%  
100%  
100%  
100%  

Jurisdiction or State of 
Incorporation  
New York  
Delaware  
New York  
New York  
New York  

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

We  hereby  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statements  on  Form  S-8  (No.  333-178590)  and  Form  S-8  (No.  333-53027)  of  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.  of  our  report,  dated  March  28,  2012,  relating  to  the 
consolidated financial statements, which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

/s/ BONADIO & CO., LLP  

Bonadio & Co., LLP  
Syracuse, New York  
March 28, 2012  

EXHIBIT 23.1: CONSENT OF PARENTEBEARD LLC  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Oswego, New York  

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-8 (No. 333-178590 and No. 333-53027) of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries of our report dated March 24, 2011, relating to the 
consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and for the year then ended, which appears in this form Form 10-K.  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       /s/PARENTEBEARD LLC  

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania  
March 28, 2012  

Page 97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

EXHIBIT 31.1: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I, Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:  

1.  

 I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 

2.  
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

 Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of operations 

3.  
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 

4.  
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 

 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 

 Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 

(a)  
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b)  
financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c)  
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  
(d)  
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an 

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's 

5.  
board of directors:  

 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, 

(a)  
summarize and report financial information; and  
(b)  

 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.  

March 28, 2012  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

Page 98 

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
Table of Contents 

EXHIBIT 31.2: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I,  James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:  

1.  

 I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a   material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 

2.  
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

 Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of operations 

3.  
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 

4.  
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 

 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 

 Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 

(a)  
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b)  
financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c)  
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  
(d)  
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an 

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's 

5.  
board of directors:  

 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, 

(a)  
summarize and report financial information; and  
(b)  

 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.  

March 28, 2012  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

Page 99 

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
Table of Contents 

EXHIBIT 32.1  Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers  

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, and James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"), each certify in his capacity as an officer of the Company 
that he has reviewed the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 and that to the best of his knowledge:  

1.  

 the report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and  

2.  

 the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company.  

The purpose of this statement is solely to comply with Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, as amended by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

March 28, 2012  

March 28, 2012  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

Page 100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents 

EXHIBIT 99.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008  

IFR Section 30.15 – Certification for Partial Fiscal Year 2011  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. UST #1304  

I, Thomas W. Schneider, certify, based on my knowledge, that:  

(i) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months between January 1, 2011 and September 1, 2011, the date Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. 
repurchased preferred stock from the United States Treasury (“the TARP period”), senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

(ii) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has identified and limited during any part of 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and 
excessive risks that could threaten the value of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc and has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and has limited those features to ensure that Pathfinder 
Bancorp, Inc. is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;  

(iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could 
encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;  

(iv) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;  

(v) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period the features in:  

(A)   SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  
(B)   Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. to risks; and  
(C)   Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. to enhance the compensation of an employee;  

(vi) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has required that bonus payments to SEOs or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus) payments, 
be subject to a recovery or ‘‘clawback’’ provision during the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric 
criteria;  

(vii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during 
any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period;  

(viii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a 
TARP period;  

Page 101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
(ix) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that 
was a TARP period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility, were properly 
approved;  

(x) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. included in April 2011 a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO 
compensation paid or accrued during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period.  The Shareholders voted in favor of the SEO compensation.  

(xi) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under 
section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (vii);  

(xii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will disclose whether Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., the board of directors of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., or the compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has engaged during any part of the 2011 fiscal year 
that was a TARP period a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;  

(xiii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during 
any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period;  

(xiv) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and Treasury, including any amendments;  

(xv) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-SEO’s ranked in descending order of level of 
annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and  

(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. ( See, for example, 18 U.S.C. 1001.)  

Date:  October 31, 2011                                                         /s/ Thomas W. Schneider  

Thomas W. Schneider,  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

Page 102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

EXHIBIT 99.2  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008  

IFR Section 30.15 – Certification for Partial Fiscal Year 2011  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. UST #1304  

I, James A. Dowd, certify, based on my knowledge, that:  

(i) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months between January 1, 2011 and September 1, 2011, the date Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. 
repurchased preferred stock from the United States Treasury (“the TARP period”), senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

(ii) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has identified and limited during any part of 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and 
excessive risks that could threaten the value of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc and has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and has limited those features to ensure that Pathfinder 
Bancorp, Inc. is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;  

(iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could 
encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;  

(iv) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;  

(v) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period the features in:  

(A)   SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  
(B)   Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. to risks; and  
(C)   Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. to enhance the compensation of an employee;  

(vi) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has required that bonus payments to SEOs or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus) payments, 
be subject to a recovery or ‘‘clawback’’ provision during the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric 
criteria;  

(vii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during 
any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period;  

(viii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a 
TARP period;  

Page 103 

 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 
(ix) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that 
was a TARP period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility, were properly 
approved;  

(x) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. included in April 2011 a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO 
compensation paid or accrued during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period.  The Shareholders voted in favor of the SEO compensation.  

(xi) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under 
section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (vii);  

(xii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will disclose whether Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., the board of directors of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., or the compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has engaged during any part of the 2011 fiscal year 
that was a TARP period a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;  

(xiii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during 
any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period;  

(xiv) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and Treasury, including any amendments;  

(xv) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-SEO’s ranked in descending order of level of 
annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and  

(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. ( See, for example, 18 U.S.C. 1001.)  

Date:  November 1, 2011                                                       /s/ James A. Dowd  

James A. Dowd,  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

Page 104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
EXHIBIT 31.1: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I, Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:  

1.  

 I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 

2.  
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

 Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of operations 

3.  
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 

4.  
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 

 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 

 Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 

(a)  
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b)  
financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c)  
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  
(d)  
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an 

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's 

5.  
board of directors:  

 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, 

(a)  
summarize and report financial information; and  
(b)  

 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.  

March 28, 2012  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

 
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
EXHIBIT 31.2: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I,  James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:  

1.  

 I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a   material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 

2.  
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

 Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of operations 

3.  
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 

4.  
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 

 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 

 Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 

(a)  
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b)  
financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c)  
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  
(d)  
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an 

 The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's 

5.  
board of directors:  

 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, 

(a)  
summarize and report financial information; and  
(b)  

 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.  

March 28, 2012  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

 
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
EXHIBIT 32.1  Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers  

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, and James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"), each certify in his capacity as an officer of the Company 
that he has reviewed the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 and that to the best of his knowledge:  

1.  

 the report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and  

2.  

 the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company.  

The purpose of this statement is solely to comply with Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, as amended by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

March 28, 2012  

March 28, 2012  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
EXHIBIT 99.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008  

IFR Section 30.15 – Certification for Partial Fiscal Year 2011  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. UST #1304  

I, Thomas W. Schneider, certify, based on my knowledge, that:  

(i) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months between January 1, 2011 and September 1, 2011, the date Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. 
repurchased preferred stock from the United States Treasury (“the TARP period”), senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

(ii) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has identified and limited during any part of 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and 
excessive risks that could threaten the value of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc and has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and has limited those features to ensure that Pathfinder 
Bancorp, Inc. is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;  

(iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could 
encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;  

(iv) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;  

(v) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period the features in:  

(A)   SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  
(B)   Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. to risks; and  
(C)   Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. to enhance the compensation of an employee;  

(vi) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has required that bonus payments to SEOs or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus) payments, 
be subject to a recovery or ‘‘clawback’’ provision during the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric 
criteria;  

(vii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during 
any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period;  

(viii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a 
TARP period;  

(ix) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that 
was a TARP period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility, were properly 
approved;  

(x) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. included in April 2011 a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO 
compensation paid or accrued during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period.  The Shareholders voted in favor of the SEO compensation.  

(xi) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under 
section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (vii);  

(xii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will disclose whether Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., the board of directors of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., or the compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has engaged during any part of the 2011 fiscal year 
that was a TARP period a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;  

(xiii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during 
any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period;  

(xiv) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and Treasury, including any amendments;  

(xv) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-SEO’s ranked in descending order of level of 
annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and  

(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. ( See, for example, 18 U.S.C. 1001.)  

Date:  October 31, 2011                                                         /s/ Thomas W. Schneider  

Thomas W. Schneider,  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 99.2  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008  

IFR Section 30.15 – Certification for Partial Fiscal Year 2011  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. UST #1304  

I, James A. Dowd, certify, based on my knowledge, that:  

(i) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months between January 1, 2011 and September 1, 2011, the date Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. 
repurchased preferred stock from the United States Treasury (“the TARP period”), senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

(ii) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has identified and limited during any part of 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and 
excessive risks that could threaten the value of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc and has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and has limited those features to ensure that Pathfinder 
Bancorp, Inc. is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;  

(iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could 
encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;  

(iv) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;  

(v) The compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period the features in:  

(A)   SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  
(B)   Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. to risks; and  
(C)   Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. to enhance the compensation of an employee;  

(vi) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has required that bonus payments to SEOs or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus) payments, 
be subject to a recovery or ‘‘clawback’’ provision during the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric 
criteria;  

(vii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during 
any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period;  

(viii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a 
TARP period;  

(ix) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that 
was a TARP period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility, were properly 
approved;  

(x) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. included in April 2011 a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO 
compensation paid or accrued during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period.  The Shareholders voted in favor of the SEO compensation.  

(xi) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under 
section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (vii);  

(xii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. will disclose whether Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., the board of directors of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., or the compensation committee of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has engaged during any part of the 2011 fiscal year 
that was a TARP period a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;  

(xiii) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during 
any part of the 2011 fiscal year that was a TARP period;  

(xiv) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and Treasury, including any amendments;  

(xv) Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-SEO’s ranked in descending order of level of 
annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and  

(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. ( See, for example, 18 U.S.C. 1001.)  

Date:  November 1, 2011                                                       /s/ James A. Dowd  

James A. Dowd,  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer